From 873f90f31a4834267530efbe65d5b232b385800c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Viktor Szakats Date: Thu, 15 Nov 2012 18:36:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] 2012-11-15 19:10 UTC+0100 Viktor Szakats (harbour syenar.net) * contrib/hbct/doc/en/*.txt * contrib/hbgd/doc/en/hbgd.txt * contrib/hbgt/doc/en/hbgt.txt * contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/*.txt * contrib/hbnf/doc/en/*.txt * contrib/hbnf/tests/*.prg * contrib/hbziparc/doc/en/hbziparc.txt * contrib/rddads/doc/en/*.txt * doc/en/*.txt * extras/gtwvw/docs/*.txt * synced casing of .prg level function names with .hbx files, even if those are in docs, comments or strings. --- harbour/ChangeLog | 15 + harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/addascii.txt | 4 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/asciisum.txt | 20 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ascpos.txt | 42 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atadjust.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atnum.txt | 70 ++-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atrepl.txt | 30 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charevod.txt | 34 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlihb.txt | 36 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlist.txt | 32 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmirr.txt | 24 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmix.txt | 32 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charone.txt | 50 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charonly.txt | 72 ++--- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charop.txt | 132 ++++---- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charophb.txt | 128 ++++---- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charrepl.txt | 34 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charsort.txt | 40 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charswap.txt | 40 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/color.txt | 50 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/count.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ct.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctc.txt | 28 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath2.txt | 78 ++--- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctpad.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctstr.txt | 64 ++-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/datetime.txt | 48 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime2.txt | 80 ++--- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime3.txt | 62 ++-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/exponent.txt | 30 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/finan.txt | 52 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ftoc.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/justify.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/keyset.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/misc1.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/num1.txt | 44 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numat.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numconv.txt | 24 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos1.txt | 32 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos2.txt | 32 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/posdiff.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/print.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/range.txt | 38 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/relation.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/remove.txt | 24 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/replace.txt | 24 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/screen1.txt | 44 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strdiff.txt | 50 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strswap.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/tab.txt | 32 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token1.txt | 154 ++++----- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token2.txt | 182 +++++------ harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/trig.txt | 318 +++++++++---------- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/video.txt | 18 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordrepl.txt | 36 +-- harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordtoch.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charand.prg | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charhist.prg | 4 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/csetarge.prg | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/datetime.prg | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/expomant.prg | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/tab.prg | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/trig.prg | 64 ++-- harbour/contrib/hbgd/doc/en/hbgd.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbgt/doc/en/hbgt.txt | 34 +- harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/dates2.txt | 74 ++--- harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_class.txt | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_conv.txt | 60 ++-- harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_doc.txt | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aading.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aavg.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctadj.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctmnth.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctqtr.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctweek.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctyear.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adapter.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adessort.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aemaxlen.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aeminlen.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/alt.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/amedian.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/anomatch.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/any2any.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aredit.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/asum.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/at2.txt | 24 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitclr.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitset.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/blink.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2bit.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2hex.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteand.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteneg.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytenot.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteor.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytexor.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/calendar.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/caplock.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/chdir.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cint86.txt | 22 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/clrsel.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cntryset.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/color2n.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ctrl.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/d2e.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/datecnfg.txt | 38 +-- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dayofyr.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/daytobow.txt | 18 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dectobin.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/default.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/descendn.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dfile.txt | 34 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/diskfunc.txt | 20 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispc.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispmsg.txt | 26 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dosver.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/e2d.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/easter.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapmil.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapsed.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/eltime.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/findith.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/firstday.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/floptst.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ftattr.txt | 22 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/fttext.txt | 252 +++++++-------- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/gcd.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/getenvrn.txt | 20 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/hex2dec.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/iamidle.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/idle.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/inp.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/invclr.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbit.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbiton.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isprint.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isshare.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/kspeed.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/lastday.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/linked.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/madd.txt | 24 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menu1.txt | 58 ++-- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menutonf.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/metaph.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/miltime.txt | 54 ++-- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/min2dhm.txt | 4 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mkdir.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/month.txt | 20 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mouse1.txt | 234 +++++++------- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/n2color.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/netpv.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nooccur.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ntow.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/numlock.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwlstat.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwsem.txt | 114 +++---- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwuid.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ontick.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/origin.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/outp.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/page.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pchr.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/peek.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pegs.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pending.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pickday.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/poke.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/popadder.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/proper.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/prtesc.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/prtscr.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/putkey.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pvid.txt | 24 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/qtr.txt | 20 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/rand1.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/reboot.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/restsets.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/rmdir.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/round.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/savearr.txt | 28 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/savesets.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/scancode.txt | 18 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/scregion.txt | 92 +++--- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/setdate.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/setkeys.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/setlastk.txt | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/settime.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/shadow.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/shift.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/sinkey.txt | 22 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/sleep.txt | 14 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/sqzn.txt | 28 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/stod.txt | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/sysmem.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/tbwhile.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/tempfile.txt | 16 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/vertmenu.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/vidcur.txt | 20 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/video1.txt | 42 +-- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/vidmode.txt | 18 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/wda.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/week.txt | 22 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/workdays.txt | 12 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/woy.txt | 24 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/xbox.txt | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/year.txt | 20 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/aemaxlen.prg | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/aeminlen.prg | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/amedian.prg | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/aredit.prg | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/at2.prg | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/datecnfg.prg | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/floptst.prg | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/fttext.prg | 8 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/linked.prg | 10 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/menu1.prg | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/tbwhile.prg | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/vertmenu.prg | 6 +- harbour/contrib/hbnf/tests/wda.prg | 2 +- harbour/contrib/hbziparc/doc/en/hbziparc.txt | 2 +- harbour/contrib/rddads/doc/en/adsfuncs.txt | 130 ++++---- harbour/contrib/rddads/doc/en/readme.txt | 8 +- harbour/doc/en/array.txt | 72 ++--- harbour/doc/en/binnum.txt | 124 ++++---- harbour/doc/en/browse.txt | 68 ++-- harbour/doc/en/cmdline.txt | 6 +- harbour/doc/en/compiler.txt | 6 +- harbour/doc/en/datetime.txt | 96 +++--- harbour/doc/en/dbstrux.txt | 30 +- harbour/doc/en/dir.txt | 14 +- harbour/doc/en/diskspac.txt | 10 +- harbour/doc/en/eval.txt | 8 +- harbour/doc/en/file.txt | 156 ++++----- harbour/doc/en/garbage.txt | 10 +- harbour/doc/en/harbext.txt | 2 +- harbour/doc/en/hashes.txt | 194 +++++------ harbour/doc/en/hb_api.txt | 8 +- harbour/doc/en/hbflock.txt | 24 +- harbour/doc/en/hbinet.txt | 100 +++--- harbour/doc/en/hvm.txt | 44 +-- harbour/doc/en/idle.txt | 52 +-- harbour/doc/en/input.txt | 78 ++--- harbour/doc/en/lang.txt | 34 +- harbour/doc/en/macro.txt | 6 +- harbour/doc/en/math.txt | 52 +-- harbour/doc/en/memo.txt | 98 +++--- harbour/doc/en/menu.txt | 4 +- harbour/doc/en/misc.txt | 30 +- harbour/doc/en/nation.txt | 22 +- harbour/doc/en/rdddb.txt | 230 +++++++------- harbour/doc/en/rddmisc.txt | 142 ++++----- harbour/doc/en/rddord.txt | 68 ++-- harbour/doc/en/sayget.txt | 14 +- harbour/doc/en/set.txt | 150 ++++----- harbour/doc/en/setmode.txt | 12 +- harbour/doc/en/string.txt | 278 ++++++++-------- harbour/doc/en/tbrowse.txt | 14 +- harbour/doc/en/terminal.txt | 140 ++++---- harbour/doc/en/tgetlist.txt | 16 +- harbour/doc/en/var.txt | 36 +-- harbour/extras/gtwvw/docs/funclist.txt | 214 ++++++------- harbour/extras/gtwvw/docs/gtwvw.txt | 44 +-- harbour/extras/gtwvw/docs/whatsnew.txt | 168 +++++----- 265 files changed, 4205 insertions(+), 4190 deletions(-) diff --git a/harbour/ChangeLog b/harbour/ChangeLog index 47fc43b878..e37a1f5ec4 100644 --- a/harbour/ChangeLog +++ b/harbour/ChangeLog @@ -16,6 +16,21 @@ The license applies to all entries newer than 2009-04-28. */ +2012-11-15 19:10 UTC+0100 Viktor Szakats (harbour syenar.net) + * contrib/hbct/doc/en/*.txt + * contrib/hbgd/doc/en/hbgd.txt + * contrib/hbgt/doc/en/hbgt.txt + * contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/*.txt + * contrib/hbnf/doc/en/*.txt + * contrib/hbnf/tests/*.prg + * contrib/hbziparc/doc/en/hbziparc.txt + * contrib/rddads/doc/en/*.txt + * doc/en/*.txt + * extras/gtwvw/docs/*.txt + * synced casing of .prg level function names + with .hbx files, even if those are in docs, + comments or strings. + 2012-11-15 18:57 UTC+0100 Viktor Szakats (harbour syenar.net) * doc/en/string.txt ! fixed function name casing in recent commit in $EXAMPLES$ section diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/addascii.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/addascii.txt index 7fd091991e..f0dec426ed 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/addascii.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/addascii.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Default is .F., the original behaviour of this function. $RETURNS$ The edited string is returned. The return value can be suppressed by - using the CSETREF() function. The string must then be passed by + using the CSetRef() function. The string must then be passed by reference [@]. $DESCRIPTION$ ADDASCII() can be used to add or subtract integer values from @@ -62,6 +62,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CSETREF() + CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/asciisum.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/asciisum.txt index cfd16afb4b..b68517450a 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/asciisum.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/asciisum.txt @@ -4,38 +4,38 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ASCIISUM() + AsciiSum() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ calculate the sum of the ASCII values of the characters in a string $SYNTAX$ - ASCIISUM( ) --> nAsciiSum + AsciiSum( ) --> nAsciiSum $ARGUMENTS$ the string to be processed $RETURNS$ sum of the ASCII values in $DESCRIPTION$ - The ASCIISUM() function sums up the ASCII values of the characters + The AsciiSum() function sums up the ASCII values of the characters in . Be aware that the function is not position sensitive, i.e. a change of position of a certain character in the string does not change the ascii sum. $EXAMPLES$ - ? asciisum( "ABC" ) // --> 197 - ? asciisum( "ACB" ) // --> 197 + ? AsciiSum( "ABC" ) // --> 197 + ? AsciiSum( "ACB" ) // --> 197 $TESTS$ - asciisum( Replicate( "A", 10000 ) ) == 650000 - asciisum( "0123456789" ) == 525 - asciisum( NIL ) == 0 + AsciiSum( Replicate( "A", 10000 ) ) == 650000 + AsciiSum( "0123456789" ) == 525 + AsciiSum( NIL ) == 0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ASCIISUM() is compatible with CT3's ASCIISUM(). + AsciiSum() is compatible with CT3's AsciiSum(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHECKSUM() + Checksum() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ascpos.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ascpos.txt index 752d185f38..b61d5195cf 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ascpos.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ascpos.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ASCPOS() + AscPos() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ ASCII value of a character at a certain position $SYNTAX$ - ASCPOS( , [] ) --> nAsciiValue + AscPos( , [] ) --> nAsciiValue $ARGUMENTS$ is the processed string [] is an optional position within @@ -19,38 +19,38 @@ the ASCII value of the character at the specified position $DESCRIPTION$ - The ASCPOS() function returns the ASCII value of the character that + The AscPos() function returns the ASCII value of the character that can be found at the position in . If is larger than the length of , 0 is returned. $EXAMPLES$ - ? ascpos( "0123456789" ) // --> 57 - ? ascpos( "0123456789", 1 ) // --> 48 + ? AscPos( "0123456789" ) // --> 57 + ? AscPos( "0123456789", 1 ) // --> 48 $TESTS$ - ascpos( "0123456789" ) == 57 - ascpos( "0123456789", 1 ) == 48 - ascpos( "0123456789", 11 ) == 0 // to large ! + AscPos( "0123456789" ) == 57 + AscPos( "0123456789", 1 ) == 48 + AscPos( "0123456789", 11 ) == 0 // to large ! $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ASCPOS() is compatible with CT3's ASCPOS(). + AscPos() is compatible with CT3's AscPos(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - VALPOS() + ValPos() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - VALPOS() + ValPos() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Numerical value of a character at a certain position $SYNTAX$ - VALPOS( , [] ) --> nDigitValue + ValPos( , [] ) --> nDigitValue $ARGUMENTS$ is the processed string [] is an optional position within @@ -59,27 +59,27 @@ the numerical value of the character at the specified position $DESCRIPTION$ - The VALPOS() function returns the numerical value of the character that + The ValPos() function returns the numerical value of the character that can be found at the position in . If no digit can be found at this position or if is larger than the length of , 0 is returned. $EXAMPLES$ - ? valpos( "1234x56789" ) // --> 9 - ? valpos( "1234x56789", 1 ) // --> 1 + ? ValPos( "1234x56789" ) // --> 9 + ? ValPos( "1234x56789", 1 ) // --> 1 $TESTS$ - valpos( "1234x56789" ) == 9 - valpos( "1234x56789", 1 ) == 1 - valpos( "1234x56789", 11 ) == 0 // to large ! - valpos( "1234x56789", 5 ) == 0 // "x" is not a digit ! + ValPos( "1234x56789" ) == 9 + ValPos( "1234x56789", 1 ) == 1 + ValPos( "1234x56789", 11 ) == 0 // to large ! + ValPos( "1234x56789", 5 ) == 0 // "x" is not a digit ! $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - VALPOS() is compatible with CT3's VALPOS(). + ValPos() is compatible with CT3's ValPos(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - ASCPOS() + AscPos() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atadjust.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atadjust.txt index 71a13ecd12..894ae53513 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atadjust.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atadjust.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ATADJUST() + AtAdjust() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Adjusts a sequence within a string to a specified position $SYNTAX$ - ATADJUST( , , , + AtAdjust( , , , [], [], [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ATADJUST() works like CT3's ATADJUST() + AtAdjust() works like CT3's AtAdjust() $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SETATLIKE(),CSETATMUPA() + SetAtLike(),CSetAtMupa() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atnum.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atnum.txt index bce36b60f5..1d74f3c6a0 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atnum.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atnum.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - AFTERATNUM() + AfterAtNum() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Returns string portion after nth occurence of substring $SYNTAX$ - AFTERATNUM( , , [], + AfterAtNum( , , [], [] ) --> cRestString $ARGUMENTS$ is the substring scanned for @@ -34,39 +34,39 @@ matches or the last match is identical to the end of , an empty string will be returned. After a match has been found, the function continues to scan after - that match if the CSETATMUPA() switch is turned off, with the + that match if the CSetAtMupa() switch is turned off, with the second character of the matched substring otherwise. - The function will also consider the settings of SETATLIKE(). + The function will also consider the settings of SetAtLike(). $EXAMPLES$ - ? AFTERATNUM( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 !" ) // -> "" - ? AFTERATNUM( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 ?" ) // -> " 5 ?" - + ? AfterAtNum( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 !" ) // -> "" + ? AfterAtNum( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 ?" ) // -> " 5 ?" + $TESTS$ - AFTERATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!" ) == "test!" - AFTERATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2 ) == "is..a..test!" - AFTERATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2, 2 ) == "a..test!" + AfterAtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!" ) == "test!" + AfterAtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2 ) == "is..a..test!" + AfterAtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2, 2 ) == "a..test!" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - AFTERATNUM() is compatible with CT3's AFTERATNUM(). + AfterAtNum() is compatible with CT3's AfterAtNum(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - ATNUM(),BEFORATNUM(),CSETATMUPA(),SETATLIKE() + AtNum(),BEFORAtNum(),CSetAtMupa(),SetAtLike() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - BEFORATNUM() + BEFORAtNum() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Returns string portion before nth occurence of substring $SYNTAX$ - BEFORATNUM( , , [], + BEFORAtNum( , , [], [] ) --> cRestString $ARGUMENTS$ is the substring scanned for @@ -90,33 +90,33 @@ matches or the last match is identical to the start of (i.e. the last match is the first match), an empty string will be returned. After a match has been found, the function continues to scan after - that match if the CSETATMUPA() switch is turned off, with the + that match if the CSetAtMupa() switch is turned off, with the second character of the matched substring otherwise. - The function will also consider the settings of SETATLIKE(). + The function will also consider the settings of SetAtLike(). $EXAMPLES$ - ? BEFORATNUM( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 !" ) // -> "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 " - ? BEFORATNUM( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 ?" ) // -> "What is the answer ? 4 " - + ? BEFORAtNum( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 !" ) // -> "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 " + ? BEFORAtNum( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 ?" ) // -> "What is the answer ? 4 " + $TESTS$ - BEFORATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!" ) == "..This..is..a" - BEFORATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2 ) == "..This" - BEFORATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2, 2 ) == "..This..is" + BEFORAtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!" ) == "..This..is..a" + BEFORAtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2 ) == "..This" + BEFORAtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2, 2 ) == "..This..is" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - BEFORATNUM() is compatible with CT3's BEFORATNUM(). + BEFORAtNum() is compatible with CT3's BEFORAtNum(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - ATNUM() AFTERATNUM() CSETATMUPA() SETATLIKE() + AtNum() AfterAtNum() CSetAtMupa() SetAtLike() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ATNUM() + AtNum() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ @@ -145,26 +145,26 @@ that match will be returned. If there aren't enough matches or there is no last match, 0 will be returned. After a match has been found, the function continues to scan after - that match if the CSETATMUPA() switch is turned off, with the + that match if the CSetAtMupa() switch is turned off, with the second character of the matched substring otherwise. - The function will also consider the settings of SETATLIKE(). + The function will also consider the settings of SetAtLike(). $EXAMPLES$ - ? ATNUM( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 !" ) // -> 28 - ? ATNUM( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 ?" ) // -> 24 - + ? AtNum( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 !" ) // -> 28 + ? AtNum( "!", "What is the answer ? 4 ! 5 ?" ) // -> 24 + $TESTS$ - ATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!" ) == 14 - ATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2 ) == 7 - ATNUM( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2, 2 ) == 11 + AtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!" ) == 14 + AtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2 ) == 7 + AtNum( "..", "..This..is..a..test!", 2, 2 ) == 11 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ATNUM() is compatible with CT3's ATNUM(). + AtNum() is compatible with CT3's AtNum(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - ATNUM() AFTERATNUM() CSETATMUPA() SETATLIKE() + AtNum() AfterAtNum() CSetAtMupa() SetAtLike() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atrepl.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atrepl.txt index dbc143deff..8621ccda0f 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atrepl.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/atrepl.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ATREPL() + AtRepl() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Search and replace sequences in a string $SYNTAX$ - ATREPL( , , , [], + AtRepl( , , , [], [], [] ) --> cString $ARGUMENTS$ is the substring searched for in @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ $RETURNS$ $DESCRIPTION$ - The ATREPL() function searches and replaces sequences in a string. + The AtRepl() function searches and replaces sequences in a string. First, the function ignores the first characters of . Then, if is set to .T., it searches for the th occurence of in . If successful, the @@ -38,31 +38,31 @@ be replaced with . Note that, in this case, the replacements are performed even if the th occurence does not exist. - By using the CSETATMUPA() switch you can decide whether the + By using the CSetAtMupa() switch you can decide whether the function restarts searching after a found sequence of after the first character of that sequence. The function allows the use of wildcards in - and looks for the settings of SETATLIKE(). + and looks for the settings of SetAtLike(). $EXAMPLES$ - ? ATREPL( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx" ) // --> "xxDxxDxx" - ? ATREPL( "ABC", "ABCDABC", "ZYXW" ) // --> "ZYXWDZYXW" - ? ATREPL( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx", 2 ) // --> "xxDxxDABC" - ? ATREPL( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx", 2, .T. ) // --> "ABCDxxDABC" + ? AtRepl( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx" ) // --> "xxDxxDxx" + ? AtRepl( "ABC", "ABCDABC", "ZYXW" ) // --> "ZYXWDZYXW" + ? AtRepl( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx", 2 ) // --> "xxDxxDABC" + ? AtRepl( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx", 2, .T. ) // --> "ABCDxxDABC" $TESTS$ - ATREPL( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx" ) == "xxDxxDxx" - ATREPL( "ABC", "ABCDABC", "ZYXW" ) == "ZYXWDZYXW" - ATREPL( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx", 2 ) == "xxDxxDABC" - ATREPL( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx", 2, .T. ) == "ABCDxxDABC" + AtRepl( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx" ) == "xxDxxDxx" + AtRepl( "ABC", "ABCDABC", "ZYXW" ) == "ZYXWDZYXW" + AtRepl( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx", 2 ) == "xxDxxDABC" + AtRepl( "ABC", "ABCDABCDABC", "xx", 2, .T. ) == "ABCDxxDABC" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ATREPL() is compatible with CT3's ATREPL(). + AtRepl() is compatible with CT3's AtRepl(). Note the new, 6th parameter ! $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CSETATMUPA() SETATLIKE() + CSetAtMupa() SetAtLike() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charevod.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charevod.txt index 953592161d..76481c3cef 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charevod.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charevod.txt @@ -4,71 +4,71 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHAREVEN() + CharEven() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Returns the characters on the even positions in a string $SYNTAX$ - CHAREVEN( ) --> cEvenString + CharEven( ) --> cEvenString $ARGUMENTS$ processed string $RETURNS$ a string containing all character from even positions in $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHAREVEN() function looks for the characters on the even positions + The CharEven() function looks for the characters on the even positions in a given string, collects them and returns them as a string. $EXAMPLES$ - ? CHAREVEN( " H E L L O !" ) // -> "HELLO!" + ? CharEven( " H E L L O !" ) // -> "HELLO!" $TESTS$ - CHAREVEN( " 1 2 3 4 5" ) == "12345" - CHAREVEN( " 1 2 3 4 " ) == "1234" - CHAREVEN( " " ) == "" + CharEven( " 1 2 3 4 5" ) == "12345" + CharEven( " 1 2 3 4 " ) == "1234" + CharEven( " " ) == "" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHAREVEN() is compatible with CT3's CHAREVEN(). + CharEven() is compatible with CT3's CharEven(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARODD() CHARMIX() + CharOdd() CharMix() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARODD() + CharOdd() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Returns the characters on the odd positions in a string $SYNTAX$ - CHARODD( ) --> cOddString + CharOdd( ) --> cOddString $ARGUMENTS$ processed string $RETURNS$ a string containing all character from odd positions in $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARODD() function looks for the characters on the odd positions + The CharOdd() function looks for the characters on the odd positions in a given string, collects them and returns them as a string. $EXAMPLES$ - ? CHARODD( "H E L L O ! " ) // -> "HELLO!" + ? CharOdd( "H E L L O ! " ) // -> "HELLO!" $TESTS$ - CHARODD( "1A2B3C4D5E" ) == "12345" - CHARODD( "1A2B3C4D5" ) == "12345" + CharOdd( "1A2B3C4D5E" ) == "12345" + CharOdd( "1A2B3C4D5" ) == "12345" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARODD() is compatible with CT3's CHARODD(). + CharOdd() is compatible with CT3's CharOdd(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHAREVEN() CHARMIX() + CharEven() CharMix() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlihb.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlihb.txt index d5722cbc11..a7b0613971 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlihb.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlihb.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARSLIST() + CharSList() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Generates a sorted list of all characters in a string $SYNTAX$ - CHARSLIST( [] ) -> cSortedCharacterList + CharSList( [] ) -> cSortedCharacterList $ARGUMENTS$ [] is the string for whom the function generates a sorted list of all characters @@ -18,38 +18,38 @@ $RETURNS$ a sorted list of the characters in $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARLIST() function generates a sorted list of those characters that + The CharList() function generates a sorted list of those characters that are contained in . This list can contain each character only once, so that its maximum length is 256. The function - gives the same result as CHARSORT(CHARLIST()) + gives the same result as CharSort(CharList()) $EXAMPLES$ - ? charslist( "Hello World !" ) // --> " !HWdelor" + ? CharSList( "Hello World !" ) // --> " !HWdelor" $TESTS$ - charslist( "Hello World !" ) == " !HWdelor" - charslist( "Hello World !" ) == charsort( charlist( "Hello World !" ) ) - charslist( NIL ) == "" + CharSList( "Hello World !" ) == " !HWdelor" + CharSList( "Hello World !" ) == CharSort( CharList( "Hello World !" ) ) + CharSList( NIL ) == "" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARSLIST() is only available in Harbour's CT3 library. + CharSList() is only available in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARNOLIST(),CHARLIST(),CHARHIST() + CharNoList(),CharList(),CharHist() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARHIST() + CharHist() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Generates a character histogram of a string $SYNTAX$ - CHARHIST( [] ) -> aCharacterCount + CharHist( [] ) -> aCharacterCount $ARGUMENTS$ [] is the string for whom the function generates a character histogram @@ -58,24 +58,24 @@ an array with 256 elements where the nth element contains the count of character #(n-1) in cString $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARHIST() function generates a character histogram of those + The CharHist() function generates a character histogram of those characters that are contained in . This histogram is stored in an 256-element array where the nth element contains the count of ASCII character #(n-1) in . $EXAMPLES$ - ? charhist( "Hello World !" )[ 109 ] // --> 3 // Chr( 108 ) == "l" + ? CharHist( "Hello World !" )[ 109 ] // --> 3 // Chr( 108 ) == "l" $TESTS$ - charhist( "Hello World !" )[ 109 ] == 3 - Eval( {|| AEval( charhist( "Hello World !" ), {| x | nTotal += x } ), nTotal == Len( "Hello World !" ) } + CharHist( "Hello World !" )[ 109 ] == 3 + Eval( {|| AEval( CharHist( "Hello World !" ), {| x | nTotal += x } ), nTotal == Len( "Hello World !" ) } $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARHIST() is only available in Harbour's CT3 library. + CharHist() is only available in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARLIST(),CHARNOLIST(),CHARSLIST() + CharList(),CharNoList(),CharSList() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlist.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlist.txt index 2fcd132c29..550d4a12ab 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlist.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charlist.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARLIST() + CharList() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Generates a list of all characters in a string $SYNTAX$ - CHARLIST( [] ) -> cCharacterList + CharList( [] ) -> cCharacterList $ARGUMENTS$ [] is the string for whom the function generates a list of all characters @@ -18,37 +18,37 @@ $RETURNS$ a list of the characters in $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARLIST() function generates a list of those characters that + The CharList() function generates a list of those characters that are contained in . This list can contain each character only once, so that its maximum length is 256. The list lists those characters first that are occuring in first. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charlist( "Hello World !" ) // --> "Helo Wrd!" + ? CharList( "Hello World !" ) // --> "Helo Wrd!" $TESTS$ - charlist( "Hello World !" ) == "Helo Wrd!" - charlist( NIL ) == "" + CharList( "Hello World !" ) == "Helo Wrd!" + CharList( NIL ) == "" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARLIST() is compatible with CT3's CHARLIST(). + CharList() is compatible with CT3's CharList(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARNOLIST(),CHARSLIST(),CHARHIST() + CharNoList(),CharSList(),CharHist() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARNOLIST() + CharNoList() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Generates a list of all characters not contained in a string $SYNTAX$ - CHARNOLIST( [] ) -> cCharacterList + CharNoList( [] ) -> cCharacterList $ARGUMENTS$ [] is the string for whom the function generates a list of all characters not contained in that string @@ -56,24 +56,24 @@ $RETURNS$ a list of the characters that are not contained in $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARNOLIST() function generates a list of those characters that + The CharNoList() function generates a list of those characters that are not contained in . This list can contain each character only once, so that its maximum length is 256. The list is alphabetically sorted. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charnolist( charnolist( "Hello World !" ) ) // --> " !HWdelor" + ? CharNoList( CharNoList( "Hello World !" ) ) // --> " !HWdelor" $TESTS$ - charnolist( charnolist( "Hello World !" ) ) == charslist( "Hello World !" ) - charnolist( charnolist( NIL ) ) == "" + CharNoList( CharNoList( "Hello World !" ) ) == CharSList( "Hello World !" ) + CharNoList( CharNoList( NIL ) ) == "" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARNOLIST() is compatible with CT3's CHARNOLIST(). + CharNoList() is compatible with CT3's CharNoList(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARLIST(),CHARSLIST(),CHARHIST() + CharList(),CharSList(),CharHist() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmirr.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmirr.txt index 8d9ee8b0fd..cc920b0eb6 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmirr.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmirr.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARMIRR() + CharMirr() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Mirror a string $SYNTAX$ - CHARMIRR( <[@]cString>, [] ) -> cMirroredString + CharMirr( <[@]cString>, [] ) -> cMirroredString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> is the string that should be mirrored [] if set to .T., spaces at the end of @@ -19,30 +19,30 @@ $RETURNS$ the mirrored string $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARMIRR() function mirrors a string, i.e. the first character + The CharMirr() function mirrors a string, i.e. the first character will be put at the end, the second at the last but one position etc.. One can use this function for index searches, but then, the spaces at the end of the string should not be mirrored. - One can omit the return value of the function by setting the CSETREF() + One can omit the return value of the function by setting the CSetRef() switch to .T., but must then be passed by reference to get a result. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charmirr( "racecar" ) // "racecar" - ? charmirr( "racecar ", .T. ) // "racecar " - ? charmirr( "racecar ", .F. ) // " racecar" + ? CharMirr( "racecar" ) // "racecar" + ? CharMirr( "racecar ", .T. ) // "racecar " + ? CharMirr( "racecar ", .F. ) // " racecar" $TESTS$ - charmirr( "racecar" ) == "racecar" - charmirr( "racecar ", .T. ) == "racecar " - charmirr( "racecar ", .F. ) == " racecar" + CharMirr( "racecar" ) == "racecar" + CharMirr( "racecar ", .T. ) == "racecar " + CharMirr( "racecar ", .F. ) == " racecar" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARMIRR() is compatible with CT3's CHARMIRR(). + CharMirr() is compatible with CT3's CharMirr(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CSETREF() + CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmix.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmix.txt index 8ea29a930a..8c67f23bf2 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmix.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charmix.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARMIX() + CharMix() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Mix two strings $SYNTAX$ - CHARMIX( [, ] ) --> cMixedString + CharMix( [, ] ) --> cMixedString $ARGUMENTS$ String that will be mixed with the characters from [] String whose characters will be mixed with the one from @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ $RETURNS$ Mixed string $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARMIX() function mixes the strings and . To + The CharMix() function mixes the strings and . To do this it takes one character after the other alternatively from and and puts them in the output string. This procedure is stopped when the end of is reached. If @@ -27,28 +27,28 @@ the begin of again. If on the other hand is longer than , the surplus characters will be omitted. $EXAMPLES$ - ? CHARMIX( "ABC", "123" ) // "A1B2C3" - ? CHARMIX( "ABCDE", "12" ) // "A1B2C1D2E1" - ? CHARMIX( "AB", "12345" ) // "A1B2" - ? CHARMIX( "HELLO", " " ) // "H E L L O " - ? CHARMIX( "HELLO", "" ) // "HELLO" + ? CharMix( "ABC", "123" ) // "A1B2C3" + ? CharMix( "ABCDE", "12" ) // "A1B2C1D2E1" + ? CharMix( "AB", "12345" ) // "A1B2" + ? CharMix( "HELLO", " " ) // "H E L L O " + ? CharMix( "HELLO", "" ) // "HELLO" $TESTS$ - CHARMIX( "ABC", "123" ) == "A1B2C3" - CHARMIX( "ABCDE", "12" ) == "A1B2C1D2E1" - CHARMIX( "AB", "12345" ) == "A1B2" - CHARMIX( "HELLO", " " ) == "H E L L O " - CHARMIX( "HELLO", "" ) == "HELLO" + CharMix( "ABC", "123" ) == "A1B2C3" + CharMix( "ABCDE", "12" ) == "A1B2C1D2E1" + CharMix( "AB", "12345" ) == "A1B2" + CharMix( "HELLO", " " ) == "H E L L O " + CharMix( "HELLO", "" ) == "HELLO" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARMIX() is compatible with CT3's CHARMIX(). - NOTE: CA-Tools version of CHARMIX() will hang + CharMix() is compatible with CT3's CharMix(). + NOTE: CA-Tools version of CharMix() will hang if the second parameter is an empty string, this version will not. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHAREVEN() CHARODD() + CharEven() CharOdd() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charone.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charone.txt index 8760f95c39..d12ff6c3c3 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charone.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charone.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARONE() + CharOne() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Reduce multiple occurences of a character to one $SYNTAX$ - CHARONE( [,] ) -> cReducedString + CharOne( [,] ) -> cReducedString $ARGUMENTS$ [] specifies the characters the multiple occurences of which should be reduced to one @@ -19,42 +19,42 @@ $RETURNS$ the string with the reduced occurences $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARONE() function reduces multiple occurences of characters in + The CharOne() function reduces multiple occurences of characters in to a single one. It is important to note that the multiple occurences must occur directly one behind the other. This behaviour is - is in contrast to the CHARLIST() function. + is in contrast to the CharList() function. $EXAMPLES$ - ? CHARONE( "122333a123" ) // "123a123" - ? CHARONE( "A B CCCD" ) // "A B CD" - ? CHARONE( " ", "A B A B" ) // "A B A B" - ? CHARONE( "o", "122oooB12o" ) // "122oB12o" + ? CharOne( "122333a123" ) // "123a123" + ? CharOne( "A B CCCD" ) // "A B CD" + ? CharOne( " ", "A B A B" ) // "A B A B" + ? CharOne( "o", "122oooB12o" ) // "122oB12o" $TESTS$ - CHARONE( "122333a123" ) == "123a123" - CHARONE( "A B CCCD" ) == "A B CD" - CHARONE( " ", "A B A B" ) == "A B A B" - CHARONE( "o", "122oooB12o" ) == "122oB12o" + CharOne( "122333a123" ) == "123a123" + CharOne( "A B CCCD" ) == "A B CD" + CharOne( " ", "A B A B" ) == "A B A B" + CharOne( "o", "122oooB12o" ) == "122oB12o" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARONE() is compatible with CT3's CHARONE(). + CharOne() is compatible with CT3's CharOne(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARREM() WORDONE() + CharRem() WordOne() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WORDONE() + WordOne() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Reduce multiple occurences of a double character to one $SYNTAX$ - WORDONE( [,] ) -> cReducedString + WordOne( [,] ) -> cReducedString $ARGUMENTS$ [] specifies the double characters the multiple occurences of which should be reduced to one @@ -63,26 +63,26 @@ $RETURNS$ the string with the reduced occurences $DESCRIPTION$ - The WORDONE() function reduces multiple occurences of double characters in + The WordOne() function reduces multiple occurences of double characters in to a single one. It is important to note that the multiple occurences must occur directly one behind the other. $EXAMPLES$ - ? WORDONE( "12ABAB12" ) // "12AB12" - ? WORDONE( "1AAAA2" ) // "1AAAA2" - ? WORDONE( "12", "1212ABAB" ) // "12ABAB" + ? WordOne( "12ABAB12" ) // "12AB12" + ? WordOne( "1AAAA2" ) // "1AAAA2" + ? WordOne( "12", "1212ABAB" ) // "12ABAB" $TESTS$ - WORDONE( "12ABAB12" ) == "12AB12" - WORDONE( "1AAAA2" ) == "1AAAA2" - WORDONE( "12", "1212ABAB" ) == "12ABAB" + WordOne( "12ABAB12" ) == "12AB12" + WordOne( "1AAAA2" ) == "1AAAA2" + WordOne( "12", "1212ABAB" ) == "12ABAB" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - WORDONE() is compatible with CT3's WORDONE(). + WordOne() is compatible with CT3's WordOne(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARONE() CHARREM() + CharOne() CharRem() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charonly.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charonly.txt index 8a749973e5..dec766847e 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charonly.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charonly.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARONLY() + CharOnly() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Intersectional set of two strings based on characters $SYNTAX$ - CHARONLY( , ) -> cReducedString + CharOnly( , ) -> cReducedString $ARGUMENTS$ specifies the characters that must not be deleted in . @@ -19,37 +19,37 @@ A string with all characters deleted but those specified in . $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARONLY() function calculates the intersectional set of two + The CharOnly() function calculates the intersectional set of two strings. To do this, it deletes all characters from that do not appear in . $EXAMPLES$ - ? CHARONLY( "0123456789", "0211 - 38 99 77" ) // "0211389977" - ? CHARONLY( "0123456789", "0211/ 389 977" ) // "0211389977" + ? CharOnly( "0123456789", "0211 - 38 99 77" ) // "0211389977" + ? CharOnly( "0123456789", "0211/ 389 977" ) // "0211389977" $TESTS$ - CHARONLY( "0123456789", "0211 - 38 99 77" ) == "0211389977" - CHARONLY( "0123456789", "0211/ 389 977" ) == "0211389977" + CharOnly( "0123456789", "0211 - 38 99 77" ) == "0211389977" + CharOnly( "0123456789", "0211/ 389 977" ) == "0211389977" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARONLY() is compatible with CT3's CHARONLY(). + CharOnly() is compatible with CT3's CharOnly(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARREM() WORDONLY() WORDREM() + CharRem() WordOnly() WordRem() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WORDONLY() + WordOnly() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Intersectional set of two strings based on double characters $SYNTAX$ - WORDONLY( , ) -> cReducedString + WordOnly( , ) -> cReducedString $ARGUMENTS$ specifies the double characters that must not be deleted in . @@ -58,37 +58,37 @@ A string with all double characters deleted but those specified in . $DESCRIPTION$ - The WORDONLY() function calculates the intersectional set of two + The WordOnly() function calculates the intersectional set of two strings based on double characters. To do this, it deletes all double characters from that do not appear in . $EXAMPLES$ - ? WORDONLY( "AABBCCDD", "XXAAYYBBZZ" ) // "AABB" - ? WORDONLY( "AABBCCDD", "XAAYYYBBZZ" ) // "BB" + ? WordOnly( "AABBCCDD", "XXAAYYBBZZ" ) // "AABB" + ? WordOnly( "AABBCCDD", "XAAYYYBBZZ" ) // "BB" $TESTS$ - WORDONLY( "AABBCCDD", "XXAAYYBBZZ" ) == "AABB" - WORDONLY( "AABBCCDD", "XAAYYYBBZZ" ) == "BB" + WordOnly( "AABBCCDD", "XXAAYYBBZZ" ) == "AABB" + WordOnly( "AABBCCDD", "XAAYYYBBZZ" ) == "BB" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - WORDONLY() is compatible with CT3's WORDONLY(). + WordOnly() is compatible with CT3's WordOnly(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARONLY() CHARREM() WORDREM() + CharOnly() CharRem() WordRem() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARREM() + CharRem() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Removes characters from a string $SYNTAX$ - CHARREM( , ) -> cReducedString + CharRem( , ) -> cReducedString $ARGUMENTS$ specifies the characters that should be deleted in @@ -97,36 +97,36 @@ is a string where the characters specified in are deleted $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARREM() function deletes the characters specified in + The CharRem() function deletes the characters specified in from . $EXAMPLES$ - ? CHARREM( " ", " 1 2 " ) // "12" - ? CHARREM( "3y", "xyz123" ) // "xz12" + ? CharRem( " ", " 1 2 " ) // "12" + ? CharRem( "3y", "xyz123" ) // "xz12" $TESTS$ - CHARREM( " ", " 1 2 " ) == "12" - CHARREM( "3y", "xyz123" ) == "xz12" + CharRem( " ", " 1 2 " ) == "12" + CharRem( "3y", "xyz123" ) == "xz12" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARREM() is compatible with CT3's CHARREM(). + CharRem() is compatible with CT3's CharRem(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARONLY() WORDONLY() WORDREM() + CharOnly() WordOnly() WordRem() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WORDREM() + WordRem() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Removes characters from a string $SYNTAX$ - WORDREM( , ) -> cReducedString + WordRem( , ) -> cReducedString $ARGUMENTS$ specifies the double characters that should be deleted in @@ -136,23 +136,23 @@ specified in are deleted $DESCRIPTION$ - The WORDREM() function deletes the double characters specified in + The WordRem() function deletes the double characters specified in from . $EXAMPLES$ - ? WORDREM( "abcd", "0ab1cd" ) // "0ab1" - ? WORDREM( "abcd", "ab0cd1" ) // "0cd1" + ? WordRem( "abcd", "0ab1cd" ) // "0ab1" + ? WordRem( "abcd", "ab0cd1" ) // "0cd1" $TESTS$ - WORDREM( "abcd", "0ab1cd" ) == "0ab1" - WORDREM( "abcd", "ab0cd1" ) == "0cd1" + WordRem( "abcd", "0ab1cd" ) == "0ab1" + WordRem( "abcd", "ab0cd1" ) == "0cd1" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - WORDREM() is a new function available only in Harbour's CT3. + WordRem() is a new function available only in Harbour's CT3. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARONLY CHARREM() WORDREM() + CHARONLY CharRem() WordRem() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charop.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charop.txt index 6b642b882f..96731c2ce5 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charop.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charop.txt @@ -4,240 +4,240 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARADD() + CharAdd() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Adds corresponding ASCII value of two strings $SYNTAX$ - CHARADD( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cAddString + CharAdd( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cAddString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString1> first string second string $RETURNS$ string with added ASCII values $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARADD() function constructs a new string from the two strings + The CharAdd() function constructs a new string from the two strings passed as parameters. To do this, it adds the ASCII values of the corresponding characters of both strings and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to that sum (modulo 256). If the first string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. If is shorter than and the last character of has been processed, the function restarts with the first character of . $EXAMPLES$ - ? charadd( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) // --> "123456789" - ? charadd( "123456789", Chr( 255 ) ) // --> "012345678" - ? charadd( "0000", Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 3 ) ) // --> "0123" + ? CharAdd( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) // --> "123456789" + ? CharAdd( "123456789", Chr( 255 ) ) // --> "012345678" + ? CharAdd( "0000", Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 3 ) ) // --> "0123" $TESTS$ - charadd( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) == "123456789" - charadd( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) ) == "133557799" - charadd( "123456789", Chr( 255 ) ) == "012345678" - charadd( "123456789", Chr( 255 ) + Chr( 254 ) ) == "002244668" + CharAdd( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) == "123456789" + CharAdd( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) ) == "133557799" + CharAdd( "123456789", Chr( 255 ) ) == "012345678" + CharAdd( "123456789", Chr( 255 ) + Chr( 254 ) ) == "002244668" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARADD() is compatible with CT3's CHARADD(). + CharAdd() is compatible with CT3's CharAdd(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARSUB() CHARAND() CHARNOT() - CHAROR() CHARXOR() CHARSHL() - CHARSHR() CHARRLL() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharSub() CharAnd() CharNot() + CharOr() CharXor() CharShl() + CharShr() CharRll() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARAND() + CharAnd() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Combine corresponding ASCII value of two strings with bitwise AND $SYNTAX$ - CHARAND( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cAndString + CharAnd( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cAndString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString1> first string second string $RETURNS$ string with bitwise AND combined ASCII values $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARAND() function constructs a new string from the two strings + The CharAnd() function constructs a new string from the two strings passed as parameters. To do this, it combines the ASCII values of the corresponding characters of both strings with a bitwise AND-operation and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to the result of that operation. If the first string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. If is shorter than and the last character of has been processed, the function restarts with the first character of . $EXAMPLES$ // clear the LSB - ? charand( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) ) // --> "002244668" - ? charand( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) + Chr( 252 ) ) // --> "002044648" + ? CharAnd( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) ) // --> "002244668" + ? CharAnd( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) + Chr( 252 ) ) // --> "002044648" $TESTS$ - charand( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) ) == "002244668" - charand( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) + Chr( 252 ) ) == "002044648" + CharAnd( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) ) == "002244668" + CharAnd( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) + Chr( 252 ) ) == "002044648" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARAND() is compatible with CT3's CHARAND(). + CharAnd() is compatible with CT3's CharAnd(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARSUB() CHARNOT() - CHAROR() CHARXOR() CHARSHL() - CHARSHR() CHARRLL() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharSub() CharNot() + CharOr() CharXor() CharShl() + CharShr() CharRll() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARNOT() + CharNot() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Process each character in a string with bitwise NOT operation $SYNTAX$ - CHARNOT( <[@]cString> ) --> cNotString + CharNot( <[@]cString> ) --> cNotString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> string to be processed $RETURNS$ string with bitwise negated characters $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARNOT() function constructs a new string from the string + The CharNot() function constructs a new string from the string passed as parameter. To do this, it performs a bitwise NOT operation to the characters of the string and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to the result of that operation. It can be easily seen that the resulting ASCII-value equals 255 minus input ASCII value. If the string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charnot( Chr( 85 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 170 ) + Chr( 1 ) ) // --> Chr( 170 ) + Chr( 127 ) + Chr( 85 ) + Chr( 254 ) - ? charnot( charnot( "This is a test!" ) ) // --> "This is a test!" + ? CharNot( Chr( 85 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 170 ) + Chr( 1 ) ) // --> Chr( 170 ) + Chr( 127 ) + Chr( 85 ) + Chr( 254 ) + ? CharNot( CharNot( "This is a test!" ) ) // --> "This is a test!" $TESTS$ - charnot( Chr( 85 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 170 ) + Chr( 1 ) ) == Chr( 170 ) + Chr( 127 ) + Chr( 85 ) + Chr( 254 ) - charnot( charnot( "This is a test!" ) ) == "This is a test!" + CharNot( Chr( 85 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 170 ) + Chr( 1 ) ) == Chr( 170 ) + Chr( 127 ) + Chr( 85 ) + Chr( 254 ) + CharNot( CharNot( "This is a test!" ) ) == "This is a test!" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARNOT() is compatible with CT3's CHARNOT(). + CharNot() is compatible with CT3's CharNot(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARSUB() CHARAND() - CHAROR() CHARXOR() CHARSHL() - CHARSHR() CHARRLL() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharSub() CharAnd() + CharOr() CharXor() CharShl() + CharShr() CharRll() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHAROR() + CharOr() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Combine corresponding ASCII value of two strings with bitwise OR $SYNTAX$ - CHAROR( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cOrString + CharOr( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cOrString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString1> first string second string $RETURNS$ string with bitwise OR combined ASCII values $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHAROR() function constructs a new string from the two strings + The CharOr() function constructs a new string from the two strings passed as parameters. To do this, it combines the ASCII values of the corresponding characters of both strings with a bitwise OR-operation and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to the result of that operation. If the first string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. If is shorter than and the last character of has been processed, the function restarts with the first character of . $EXAMPLES$ // set the LSB - ? charor( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) // --> "113355779" - ? charor( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 3 ) ) // --> "133357779" + ? CharOr( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) // --> "113355779" + ? CharOr( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 3 ) ) // --> "133357779" $TESTS$ - charor( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) == "113355779" - charor( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 3 ) ) == "133357779" + CharOr( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) == "113355779" + CharOr( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 3 ) ) == "133357779" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHAROR() is compatible with CT3's CHAROR(). + CharOr() is compatible with CT3's CharOr(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARSUB() CHARNOT() - CHARAND() CHARXOR() CHARSHL() - CHARSHR() CHARRLL() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharSub() CharNot() + CharAnd() CharXor() CharShl() + CharShr() CharRll() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARXOR() + CharXor() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Combine corresponding ASCII value of two strings with bitwise XOR $SYNTAX$ - CHARXOR( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cXOrString + CharXor( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cXOrString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString1> first string second string $RETURNS$ string with bitwise XOR combined ASCII values $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARXOR() function constructs a new string from the two strings + The CharXor() function constructs a new string from the two strings passed as parameters. To do this, it combines the ASCII values of the corresponding characters of both strings with a bitwise XOR-operation and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to the result of that operation. If the first string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. If is shorter than and the last character of has been processed, the function restarts with the first character of . $EXAMPLES$ // easy encryption - ? charxor( "This is top secret !", "My Password" ) // --> + ? CharXor( "This is top secret !", "My Password" ) // --> $TESTS$ - charxor( charxor( "This is top secret !", "My Password" ), "My Password" ) == "This is top secret !" + CharXor( CharXor( "This is top secret !", "My Password" ), "My Password" ) == "This is top secret !" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARXOR() is compatible with CT3's CHARXOR(). + CharXor() is compatible with CT3's CharXor(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARSUB() CHARNOT() - CHARAND() CHAROR() CHARSHL() - CHARSHR() CHARRLL() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharSub() CharNot() + CharAnd() CharOr() CharShl() + CharShr() CharRll() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charophb.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charophb.txt index 856e246ce7..82f719c28a 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charophb.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charophb.txt @@ -4,236 +4,236 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARSUB() + CharSub() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Subtracts corresponding ASCII value of two strings $SYNTAX$ - CHARSUB( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cSubString + CharSub( <[@]cString1>, ) --> cSubString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString1> first string second string $RETURNS$ string with subtracted ASCII values $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARSUB() function constructs a new string from the two strings + The CharSub() function constructs a new string from the two strings passed as parameters. To do this, it subtracts the ASCII values of the corresponding characters of both strings and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to that difference (modulo 256). If the first string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. If is shorter than and the last character of has been processed, the function restarts with the first character of . $EXAMPLES$ - ? charsub( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) // --> "/01234567" - ? charsub( "123456789", Chr( 255 ) ) // --> "23456789:" - ? charsub( "9999", Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 3 ) ) // --> "9876" + ? CharSub( "012345678", Chr( 1 ) ) // --> "/01234567" + ? CharSub( "123456789", Chr( 255 ) ) // --> "23456789:" + ? CharSub( "9999", Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 3 ) ) // --> "9876" $TESTS$ - charsub( "123456789", Chr( 1 ) ) == "012345678" - charsub( "123456789", Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) ) == "002244668" - charsub( "012345678", Chr( 255 ) ) == "123456789" - charsub( "012345678", Chr( 255 ) + Chr( 254 ) ) == "133557799" + CharSub( "123456789", Chr( 1 ) ) == "012345678" + CharSub( "123456789", Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) ) == "002244668" + CharSub( "012345678", Chr( 255 ) ) == "123456789" + CharSub( "012345678", Chr( 255 ) + Chr( 254 ) ) == "133557799" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARSUB() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. + CharSub() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARAND() CHARNOT() - CHAROR() CHARXOR() CHARSHL() - CHARSHR() CHARRLL() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharAnd() CharNot() + CharOr() CharXor() CharShl() + CharShr() CharRll() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARSHL() + CharShl() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Process each character in a string with bitwise SHIFT LEFT operation $SYNTAX$ - CHARSHL( <[@]cString>, ) --> cSHLString + CharShl( <[@]cString>, ) --> cSHLString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> string to be processed number of bit positions to be shifted to the left $RETURNS$ string with bitwise shifted left characters $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARSHL() function constructs a new string from the string + The CharShl() function constructs a new string from the string passed as parameter. To do this, it performs a bitwise SHIFT LEFT (SHL) operation to the characters of the string and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to the result of that operation. Be aware that bits shifted out of the byte are lost. If you need - a bit rotation, use the CHARRLL() function instead. + a bit rotation, use the CharRll() function instead. If the string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charshl( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + ; + ? CharShl( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + ; Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) // --> Chr(8)+Chr(16)+Chr(32)+Chr(64)+Chr(128)+Chr(0)+Chr(0)+Chr(0) $TESTS$ - charshl( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + ; + CharShl( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + ; Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) == Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 0 ) $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARSHL() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. + CharShl() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARSUB() CHARAND() - CHAROR() CHARXOR() CHARNOT() - CHARSHR() CHARRLL() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharSub() CharAnd() + CharOr() CharXor() CharNot() + CharShr() CharRll() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARSHR() + CharShr() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Process each character in a string with bitwise SHIFT RIGHT operation $SYNTAX$ - CHARSHR( <[@]cString>, ) --> cSHRString + CharShr( <[@]cString>, ) --> cSHRString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> string to be processed number of bit positions to be shifted to the right $RETURNS$ string with bitwise shifted right characters $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARSHR() function constructs a new string from the string + The CharShr() function constructs a new string from the string passed as parameter. To do this, it performs a bitwise SHIFT RIGHT (SHR) operation to the characters of the string and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to the result of that operation. Be aware that bits shifted out of the byte are lost. If you need - a bit rotation, use the CHARRLR() function instead. + a bit rotation, use the CharRlr() function instead. If the string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charshr( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) + ? CharShr( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) // --> Chr(0)+Chr(0)+Chr(0)+Chr(1)+Chr(2)+Chr(4)+Chr(8)+Chr(16) $TESTS$ - charshr( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) == Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + CharShr( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) == Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 0 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARSHR() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. + CharShr() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARSUB() CHARAND() - CHAROR() CHARXOR() CHARNOT() - CHARSHL() CHARRLL() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharSub() CharAnd() + CharOr() CharXor() CharNot() + CharShl() CharRll() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARRLL() + CharRll() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Process each character in a string with bitwise ROLL LEFT operation $SYNTAX$ - CHARRLL( <[@]cString>, ) --> cRLLString + CharRll( <[@]cString>, ) --> cRLLString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> string to be processed number of bit positions to be rolled to the left $RETURNS$ string with bitwise rolled left characters $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARRLL() function constructs a new string from the string + The CharRll() function constructs a new string from the string passed as parameter. To do this, it performs a bitwise ROLL LEFT (RLL) operation to the characters of the string and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to the result of that operation. - Be aware that, in contrast to CHARSHL(), bits rolled out on + Be aware that, in contrast to CharShl(), bits rolled out on the left are put in again on the right. If the string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charrll( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) + ? CharRll( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) // --> Chr(8)+Chr(16)+Chr(32)+Chr(64)+Chr(128)+Chr(1)+Chr(2)+Chr(4) $TESTS$ - charrll( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) == Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + CharRll( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) == Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARRLL() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. + CharRll() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARSUB() CHARAND() - CHAROR() CHARXOR() CHARNOT() - CHARSHL() CHARSHR() CHARRLR() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharSub() CharAnd() + CharOr() CharXor() CharNot() + CharShl() CharShr() CharRlr() + CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARRLR() + CharRlr() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Process each character in a string with bitwise ROLL RIGHT operation $SYNTAX$ - CHARRLR( <[@]cString>, ) --> cRLRString + CharRlr( <[@]cString>, ) --> cRLRString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> string to be processed number of bit positions to be rolled to the right $RETURNS$ string with bitwise rolled right characters $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARRLR() function constructs a new string from the string + The CharRlr() function constructs a new string from the string passed as parameter. To do this, it performs a bitwise ROLL RIGHT (RLR) operation to the characters of the string and places a character in the resulting string whose ASCII value equals to the result of that operation. - Be aware that, in contrast to CHARSHR(), bits rolled out on + Be aware that, in contrast to CharShr(), bits rolled out on the right are put in again on the left. If the string is passed by reference, the resulting string is - stored in , too. By setting the CSETREF()-switch to .T., + stored in , too. By setting the CSetRef()-switch to .T., the return value can be omitted. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charrlr( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) + ? CharRlr( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) // --> Chr(32)+Chr(64)+Chr(128)+Chr(1)+Chr(2)+Chr(4)+Chr(8)+Chr(16) $TESTS$ - charrlr( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) == Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + CharRlr( Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) + Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ), 3 ) == Chr( 32 ) + Chr( 64 ) + Chr( 128 ) + Chr( 1 ) + Chr( 2 ) + Chr( 4 ) + Chr( 8 ) + Chr( 16 ) $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARRLR() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. + CharRlr() is a new function that is only available in Harbour's CT3 lib. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARADD() CHARSUB() CHARAND() - CHAROR() CHARXOR() CHARNOT() - CHARSHL() CHARSHR() CHARRLL() - CSETREF() + CharAdd() CharSub() CharAnd() + CharOr() CharXor() CharNot() + CharShl() CharShr() CharRll() + CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charrepl.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charrepl.txt index 2c09e6d8a1..b8619ac8d5 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charrepl.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charrepl.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARREPL() + CharRepl() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Replacement of characters $SYNTAX$ - CHARREPL( , <[@]cString>, + CharRepl( , <[@]cString>, , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ is a string of characters that should be replaced @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ $RETURNS$ the processed string $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARREPL() function replaces certain characters in + The CharRepl() function replaces certain characters in with others depending on the setting of . If is set to .F., the function takes the characters of one after the other, searches for them in @@ -38,30 +38,30 @@ If is shorter than , the last character of is used as corresponding character for the the "rest" of . - One can omit the return value by setting the CSETREF() switch to .T., + One can omit the return value by setting the CSetRef() switch to .T., but then one must pass by reference to get the result. $EXAMPLES$ - ? charrepl( "1234", "1x2y3z", "abcd" ) // "axbycz" - ? charrepl( "abcdefghij", "jhfdb", "1234567890" ) // "08642" - ? charrepl( "abcdefghij", "jhfdb", "12345" ) // "55542" - ? charrepl( "1234", "1234", "234A" ) // "AAAA" - ? charrepl( "1234", "1234", "234A", .T. ) // "234A" + ? CharRepl( "1234", "1x2y3z", "abcd" ) // "axbycz" + ? CharRepl( "abcdefghij", "jhfdb", "1234567890" ) // "08642" + ? CharRepl( "abcdefghij", "jhfdb", "12345" ) // "55542" + ? CharRepl( "1234", "1234", "234A" ) // "AAAA" + ? CharRepl( "1234", "1234", "234A", .T. ) // "234A" $TESTS$ - charrepl( "1234", "1x2y3z", "abcd" ) == "axbycz" - charrepl( "abcdefghij", "jhfdb", "1234567890" ) == "08642" - charrepl( "abcdefghij", "jhfdb", "12345" ) == "55542" - charrepl( "1234", "1234", "234A" ) == "AAAA" - charrepl( "1234", "1234", "234A", .T. ) == "234A" + CharRepl( "1234", "1x2y3z", "abcd" ) == "axbycz" + CharRepl( "abcdefghij", "jhfdb", "1234567890" ) == "08642" + CharRepl( "abcdefghij", "jhfdb", "12345" ) == "55542" + CharRepl( "1234", "1234", "234A" ) == "AAAA" + CharRepl( "1234", "1234", "234A", .T. ) == "234A" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARREPL() is compatible with CT3's CHARREPL(). + CharRepl() is compatible with CT3's CharRepl(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - WORDREPL() POSREPL() RANGEREPL() - CSETREF() + WordRepl() PosRepl() RangeRepl() + CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charsort.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charsort.txt index 90cd6aad36..a30475d1d5 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charsort.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charsort.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARSORT() + CharSort() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Sort sequences within a string. $SYNTAX$ - CHARSORT( <[@]cString>, [], [], + CharSort( <[@]cString>, [], [], [], [], [], [] ) -> cSortedString $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ [] specifies how many characters in , starting from the position, should be sorted - Default: len(cString)-nIgnoreCharacters + Default: Len(cString)-nIgnoreCharacters []) specifies whether the process should sort descending or not $RETURNS$ @@ -52,33 +52,33 @@ a substring within each element. This substring is determined by the parameters and and the order by . - By setting the CSETREF() switch to .T., one can omit the return value + By setting the CSetRef() switch to .T., one can omit the return value of the function, but one must then pass by reference. $EXAMPLES$ - ? CHARSORT( "qwert" ) // "eqrtw" - ? CHARSORT( "qwert", 2 ) // "erqwt" - ? CHARSORT( "b1a4a3a2a1", 2, 1 ) // "a2a1a3a4b1" - ? CHARSORT( "XXXqwert", 1, 1, 3 ) // "XXXeqrtw" - ? CHARSORT( "b1a4a3a2a1", 2, 1, 0, 1 ) // "a1b1a2a3a4" - ? CHARSORT( "384172852", 1, 1, 0, 0, 4 ) // "134872852" - ? CHARSORT( "qwert", .T. ) // "wtrqe" + ? CharSort( "qwert" ) // "eqrtw" + ? CharSort( "qwert", 2 ) // "erqwt" + ? CharSort( "b1a4a3a2a1", 2, 1 ) // "a2a1a3a4b1" + ? CharSort( "XXXqwert", 1, 1, 3 ) // "XXXeqrtw" + ? CharSort( "b1a4a3a2a1", 2, 1, 0, 1 ) // "a1b1a2a3a4" + ? CharSort( "384172852", 1, 1, 0, 0, 4 ) // "134872852" + ? CharSort( "qwert", .T. ) // "wtrqe" $TESTS$ - CHARSORT( "qwert" ) == "eqrtw" - CHARSORT( "qwert", 2 ) == "erqwt" - CHARSORT( "b1a4a3a2a1", 2, 1 ) == "a2a1a3a4b1" - CHARSORT( "XXXqwert", 1, 1, 3 ) == "XXXeqrtw" - CHARSORT( "b1a4a3a2a1", 2, 1, 0, 1 ) == "a1b1a2a3a4" - CHARSORT( "384172852", 1, 1, 0, 0, 4 ) == "134872852" - CHARSORT( "qwert", .T. ) == "wtrqe" + CharSort( "qwert" ) == "eqrtw" + CharSort( "qwert", 2 ) == "erqwt" + CharSort( "b1a4a3a2a1", 2, 1 ) == "a2a1a3a4b1" + CharSort( "XXXqwert", 1, 1, 3 ) == "XXXeqrtw" + CharSort( "b1a4a3a2a1", 2, 1, 0, 1 ) == "a1b1a2a3a4" + CharSort( "384172852", 1, 1, 0, 0, 4 ) == "134872852" + CharSort( "qwert", .T. ) == "wtrqe" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARSORT() is compatible with CT3's CHARSORT(). + CharSort() is compatible with CT3's CharSort(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CSETREF() + CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charswap.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charswap.txt index 9f45bdaad0..948cce2808 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charswap.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/charswap.txt @@ -4,51 +4,51 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARSWAP() + CharSwap() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Swap neighbouring characters in a string $SYNTAX$ - CHARSWAP( <[@]cString> ) -> cSwappedString + CharSwap( <[@]cString> ) -> cSwappedString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> is the string that should be processed $RETURNS$ a string where neighbour characters are swapped $DESCRIPTION$ - The CHARSWAP() function loops through in steps of two + The CharSwap() function loops through in steps of two characters and exchanges the characters from the odd and the even positions. - By setting the CSETREF() switch to .T., one can omit the return value + By setting the CSetRef() switch to .T., one can omit the return value of this functin, but one must then pass by reference. $EXAMPLES$ - ? CHARSWAP( "0123456789" ) // "1032547698" - ? CHARSWAP( "ABCDEFGHIJK" ) // "BADCFEHGJIK" + ? CharSwap( "0123456789" ) // "1032547698" + ? CharSwap( "ABCDEFGHIJK" ) // "BADCFEHGJIK" $TESTS$ - CHARSWAP( "0123456789" ) == "1032547698" - CHARSWAP( "ABCDEFGHIJK" ) == "BADCFEHGJIK" + CharSwap( "0123456789" ) == "1032547698" + CharSwap( "ABCDEFGHIJK" ) == "BADCFEHGJIK" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARSWAP() is compatible with CT3's CHARSWAP(). + CharSwap() is compatible with CT3's CharSwap(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - WORDSWAP(),CSETREF() + WordSwap(),CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WORDSWAP() + WordSwap() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Swap neighbouring double characters in a string $SYNTAX$ - WORDSWAP( <[@]cString> [, ] ) -> cSwappedString + WordSwap( <[@]cString> [, ] ) -> cSwappedString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> is the string that should be processed [] specifies whether an additional swap should be @@ -58,28 +58,28 @@ a string where neighbouring double characters are swapped $DESCRIPTION$ - The WORDSWAP() function loops through in steps of four + The WordSwap() function loops through in steps of four characters and exchanges the double characters from the first and second position with the one from the third and forth position. Additionally the function can perform a swap of the both char of each double character. - By setting the CSETREF() switch to .T., one can omit the return value + By setting the CSetRef() switch to .T., one can omit the return value of this functin, but one must then pass by reference. $EXAMPLES$ - ? WORDSWAP( "1234567890" ) // "3412785690" - ? WORDSWAP( "1234567890", .T. ) // "4321876590" + ? WordSwap( "1234567890" ) // "3412785690" + ? WordSwap( "1234567890", .T. ) // "4321876590" $TESTS$ - WORDSWAP( "1234567890" ) == "3412785690" - WORDSWAP( "1234567890", .T. ) == "4321876590" + WordSwap( "1234567890" ) == "3412785690" + WordSwap( "1234567890", .T. ) == "4321876590" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - WORDSWAP() is compatible with CT3's WORDSWAP(). + WordSwap() is compatible with CT3's WordSwap(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARSWAP(),CSETREF() + CharSwap(),CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/color.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/color.txt index eea2c1b5ac..6f5cadd68d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/color.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/color.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - INVERTATTR() + InvertAttr() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - INVERTATTR() is compatible with CT3's INVERTATTR(). + InvertAttr() is compatible with CT3's InvertAttr(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -36,27 +36,27 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - COLORTON() + ColorToN() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - COLORTON( ) -> + ColorToN( ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ Designates the alphanumeric color attribute that is converted in NN/NN or CC/CC form. $RETURNS$ - COLORTON() returns a number that corresponds to the combined numeric + ColorToN() returns a number that corresponds to the combined numeric color attribute. $DESCRIPTION$ COLOR TO (N)umeric The function changes an alphanumeric color attribute from NN/NN or CC/CC into a combined numeric attribute. These combined attribute - values are useful with the CA-Cl*pper Tools functions STRSCREEN(), - SCREENMIX(), SCREENATTR(), and the CA-Cl*pper commands + values are useful with the CA-Cl*pper Tools functions StrScreen(), + ScreenMix(), ScreenAttr(), and the CA-Cl*pper commands SAVE/RESTORE SCREEN. TODO: add documentation @@ -79,28 +79,28 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - NTOCOLOR() + NToColor() $CATEGORY$ HBCT video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - NTOCOLOR( , [] ) -> + NToColor( , [] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ Designates the value for the combined numeric color attributes. If designated as .F. or if the parameter is omitted, - NTOCOLOR() returns a string with a numeric color code. - When designated as .T., NTOCOLOR() returns a string with + NToColor() returns a string with a numeric color code. + When designated as .T., NToColor() returns a string with the CA-Cl*pper alpha color coding. $RETURNS$ - NTOCOLOR() returns the designated color attribute in the NN/NN + NToColor() returns the designated color attribute in the NN/NN or CC/CC form. $DESCRIPTION$ - NTOCOLOR() converts a color attribute returned from another function + NToColor() converts a color attribute returned from another function in numeric form, into the alphanumeric data format. Use this attribute in conjunction with the CA-Cl*pper SET COLOR TO command. @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ENHANCED() + Enhanced() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ Select the "ENHANCED" color value for output $SYNTAX$ - ENHANCED() -> + Enhanced() -> $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -144,25 +144,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - ENHANCED() is compatible with CT3's ENHANCED() + Enhanced() is compatible with CT3's Enhanced() $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - STANDARD(),UNSELECTED() + Standard(),Unselected() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - STANDARD() + Standard() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ Select the "STANDARD" color value for output $SYNTAX$ - STANDARD() -> + Standard() -> $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -176,25 +176,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - STANDARD() is compatible with CT3's STANDARD() + Standard() is compatible with CT3's Standard() $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - ENHANCED(),UNSELECTED() + Enhanced(),Unselected() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - UNSELECTED() + Unselected() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ Select the "UNSELECTED" color value for output $SYNTAX$ - UNSELECTED() -> + Unselected() -> $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -208,12 +208,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - UNSELECTED() is compatible with CT3's UNSELECTED() + Unselected() is compatible with CT3's Unselected() $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - ENHANCED(),STANDARD() + Enhanced(),Standard() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/count.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/count.txt index 421c41ceef..65250bd79b 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/count.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/count.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - COUNTLEFT() + CountLeft() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Count a certain character at the beginning of a string $SYNTAX$ - COUNTLEFT( , [] ) -> nCount + CountLeft( , [] ) -> nCount $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - COUNTLEFT() is compatible with CT3's COUNTLEFT(). + CountLeft() is compatible with CT3's CountLeft(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - COUNTRIGHT() + CountRight() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - COUNTRIGHT() + CountRight() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Count a certain character at the end of a string $SYNTAX$ - COUNTRIGHT( , [] ) -> nCount + CountRight( , [] ) -> nCount $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - COUNTRIGHT() is compatible with CT3's COUNTRIGHT(). + CountRight() is compatible with CT3's CountRight(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - COUNTLEFT() + CountLeft() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ct.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ct.txt index 2317e912e7..b5e92f069f 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ct.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ct.txt @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTINIT() + ctinit() $CATEGORY$ CT3 general functions $ONELINER$ Initializes the CT3 library $SYNTAX$ - CTINIT() -> lInitialized + ctinit() -> lInitialized $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ lInitialized .T. if the function has been correctly initialized $DESCRIPTION$ - The CTINIT() function initializes the CT3 library. + The ctinit() function initializes the CT3 library. Identical code is declared as INIT FUNCTION, thus should be executed automatically at the beginning of the application, but it is a good idea to call it once again explicitly somewhere at the beginning of @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CTINIT() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. + ctinit() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -40,19 +40,19 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTEXIT() + ctexit() $CATEGORY$ CT3 general functions $ONELINER$ Uninitializes the CT3 library $SYNTAX$ - CTEXIT() -> nil + ctexit() -> nil $ARGUMENTS$ none $RETURNS$ nil $DESCRIPTION$ - The CTEXIT() function uninitializes the CT3 library. + The ctexit() function uninitializes the CT3 library. Identical code is declared as EXIT FUNCTION, thus should be executed automatically at the end of the application, but it is a good idea to call it explicitly somewhere at the end of your program to make @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CTEXIT() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. + ctexit() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctc.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctc.txt index 2a709195ca..6f5a6737d0 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctc.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctc.txt @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CSETARGERR() + CSetArgErr() $CATEGORY$ CT3 general functions $ONELINER$ Sets argument error behaviour $SYNTAX$ - CSETARGERR( [] ) -> + CSetArgErr( [] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ [] New argument error throwing mode $RETURNS$ The current or old argument error throwing mode. $DESCRIPTION$ All CT3 functions are very compliant in their reaction to wrong - parameters. By using the CSETARGERR() function, you can make the + parameters. By using the CSetArgErr() function, you can make the library throw an error with the severity . It is then up to the error handler to substitute the return value. can be one of the severity modes defined in ct.ch: @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CSETARGERR() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. + CSetArgErr() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -47,19 +47,19 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTCINIT() + ctcinit() $CATEGORY$ CT3 general functions $ONELINER$ Initializes the CT3 library, C part $SYNTAX$ - CTCINIT() -> lInitialized + ctcinit() -> lInitialized $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ lInitialized .T. if the function has been correctly initialized $DESCRIPTION$ - The CTCINIT() function initializes the C source part of the CT3 + The ctcinit() function initializes the C source part of the CT3 library. Do not call this function directly. $EXAMPLES$ @@ -68,31 +68,31 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CTCINIT() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. + ctcinit() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CTINIT(),CTEXIT() + ctinit(),ctexit() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTCEXIT() + ctcexit() $CATEGORY$ CT3 general functions $ONELINER$ Uninitializes the CT3 library, C part $SYNTAX$ - CTCEXIT() -> NIL + ctcexit() -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ none $RETURNS$ nil $DESCRIPTION$ - The CTCEXIT() function uninitializes the C part of the CT3 library. + The ctcexit() function uninitializes the C part of the CT3 library. Do not call this function directly. $EXAMPLES$ @@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CTCEXIT() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. + ctcexit() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CTINIT(),CTEXIT() + ctinit(),ctexit() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath.txt index 89e811d0fe..3273c0860a 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SETPREC() + SetPREC() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Set precision of math functions $SYNTAX$ - SETPREC( ) -> cEmptyString + SetPREC( ) -> cEmptyString $ARGUMENTS$ digit count between 1 and 16, defaults to 16 $RETURNS$ @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - SETPREC() is compatible with CT3's SETPREC. + SetPREC() is compatible with CT3's SETPREC. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - GETPREC() + GetPrec() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Get precision of math functions $SYNTAX$ - GETPREC() -> nDigits + GetPrec() -> nDigits $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - GETPREC() is compatible with CT3's GETPREC. + GetPrec() is compatible with CT3's GETPREC. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath2.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath2.txt index ac4d2f4726..0b098498f5 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath2.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctmath2.txt @@ -4,30 +4,30 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FLOOR() + Floor() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Rounds down a number to the next integer $SYNTAX$ - FLOOR( ) -> nDownRoundedNumber + Floor( ) -> nDownRoundedNumber $ARGUMENTS$ number to round down $RETURNS$ the rounded number $DESCRIPTION$ - The function FLOOR() determines the biggest integer that is smaller + The function Floor() determines the biggest integer that is smaller than . $EXAMPLES$ - ? floor( 1.1 ) // --> 1.0 - ? floor( -1.1 ) // --> -2.0 + ? Floor( 1.1 ) // --> 1.0 + ? Floor( -1.1 ) // --> -2.0 $TESTS$ - floor( 1.1 ) == 1.0 - floor( -1.1 ) == -2.0 + Floor( 1.1 ) == 1.0 + Floor( -1.1 ) == -2.0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - FLOOR() is compatible with CT3's FLOOR(). + Floor() is compatible with CT3's Floor(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -39,30 +39,30 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CEILING() + Ceiling() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Rounds up a number to the next integer $SYNTAX$ - CEILING( ) -> nUpRoundedNumber + Ceiling( ) -> nUpRoundedNumber $ARGUMENTS$ number to round up $RETURNS$ the rounded number $DESCRIPTION$ - The function CEILING() determines the smallest integer that is bigger + The function Ceiling() determines the smallest integer that is bigger than . $EXAMPLES$ - ? ceiling( 1.1 ) // --> 2.0 - ? ceiling( -1.1 ) // --> -1.0 + ? Ceiling( 1.1 ) // --> 2.0 + ? Ceiling( -1.1 ) // --> -1.0 $TESTS$ - ceiling( 1.1 ) == 2.0 - ceiling( -1.1 ) == -1.0 + Ceiling( 1.1 ) == 2.0 + Ceiling( -1.1 ) == -1.0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CEILING() is compatible with CT3's CEILING(). + Ceiling() is compatible with CT3's Ceiling(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -74,34 +74,34 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SIGN() + Sign() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Sign of a number $SYNTAX$ - SIGN( ) -> nSign + Sign( ) -> nSign $ARGUMENTS$ a number $RETURNS$ sign of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function SIGN() determines the sign of . - If is > 0, then SIGN() returns 1 - If is < 0, then SIGN() returns -1 - If is == 0, then SIGN() returns 0 + The function Sign() determines the sign of . + If is > 0, then Sign() returns 1 + If is < 0, then Sign() returns -1 + If is == 0, then Sign() returns 0 $EXAMPLES$ - ? sign( 1.1 ) // --> 1 - ? sign( -1.1 ) // --> -1 - ? sign( 0.0 ) // --> 0 + ? Sign( 1.1 ) // --> 1 + ? Sign( -1.1 ) // --> -1 + ? Sign( 0.0 ) // --> 0 $TESTS$ - sign( 1.1 ) == 1 - sign( -1.1 ) == -1 - sign( 0.0 ) == 0 + Sign( 1.1 ) == 1 + Sign( -1.1 ) == -1 + Sign( 0.0 ) == 0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - SIGN() is compatible with CT3's SIGN(). + Sign() is compatible with CT3's Sign(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -148,34 +148,34 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FACT() + Fact() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Calculates faculty $SYNTAX$ - FACT( ) -> nFaculty + Fact( ) -> nFaculty $ARGUMENTS$ number between 0 and 21 $RETURNS$ the faculty of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function FACT() calculates the faculty to the integer given in + The function Fact() calculates the faculty to the integer given in . The faculty is defined as n! = 1*2*...*n and is often used in statistics. Note, that faculties above 21 are too big so that the function must return a -1. $EXAMPLES$ - ? fact( 0 ) // --> 1 - ? fact( 1 ) // --> 1 - ? fact( 4 ) // --> 24 + ? Fact( 0 ) // --> 1 + ? Fact( 1 ) // --> 1 + ? Fact( 4 ) // --> 24 $TESTS$ - fact( 0 ) == 1 - fact( 1 ) == 1 - fact( 4 ) == 24 + Fact( 0 ) == 1 + Fact( 1 ) == 1 + Fact( 4 ) == 24 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - FACT() is compatible with CT3's FACT(). + Fact() is compatible with CT3's Fact(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctpad.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctpad.txt index 41b5ab37e1..811d4d4a50 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctpad.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctpad.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - PADLEFT() + PadLeft() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Fills string to a certain length on the left $SYNTAX$ - PADLEFT( , , [] ) -> cString + PadLeft( , , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - PADLEFT() is compatible with CT3's PADLEFT(). + PadLeft() is compatible with CT3's PadLeft(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - PADRIGHT() + PadRight() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - PADRIGHT() + PadRight() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Fills string to a certain length on the right $SYNTAX$ - PADRIGHT( , , [] ) -> cString + PadRight( , , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - PADRIGHT() is compatible with CT3's PADRIGHT(). + PadRight() is compatible with CT3's PadRight(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - PADLEFT() + PadLeft() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctstr.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctstr.txt index 629f6d47a0..a67731889e 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctstr.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ctstr.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CSETREF() + CSetRef() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Determine return value of reference sensitive CT3 string functions $SYNTAX$ - CSETREF( [] ) -> lOldSwitch + CSetRef( [] ) -> lOldSwitch $ARGUMENTS$ [] .T. -> suppress return value .F. -> do not suppress return value @@ -22,15 +22,15 @@ change the length of a string passed as parameter while transforming this string: - ADDASCII() BLANK() CHARADD() - CHARAND() CHARMIRR() CHARNOT() - CHAROR() CHARRELREP() CHARREPL() - CHARSORT() CHARSWAP() CHARXOR() - CRYPT() JUSTLEFT() JUSTRIGHT() - POSCHAR() POSREPL() RANGEREPL() - REPLALL() REPLLEFT() REPLRIGHT() - TOKENLOWER() TOKENUPPER() WORDREPL() - WORDSWAP() + ADDASCII() Blank() CharAdd() + CharAnd() CharMirr() CharNot() + CharOr() CharRelRep() CharRepl() + CharSort() CharSwap() CharXor() + Crypt() JustLeft() JustRight() + PosChar() PosRepl() RangeRepl() + ReplAll() ReplLeft() ReplRight() + TokenLower() TokenUpper() WordRepl() + WordSwap() Thus, these functions allow to pass the string by reference [@] to the function so that it may not be necessary to return the transformed @@ -52,27 +52,27 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - ADDASCII() BLANK() CHARADD() - CHARAND() CHARMIRR() CHARNOT() - CHAROR() CHARRELREP() CHARREPL() - CHARSORT() CHARSWAP() CHARXOR() - CRYPT() JUSTLEFT() JUSTRIGHT() - POSCHAR() POSREPL() RANGEREPL() - REPLALL() REPLLEFT() REPLRIGHT() - TOKENLOWER() TOKENUPPER() WORDREPL() - WORDSWAP() + ADDASCII() Blank() CharAdd() + CharAnd() CharMirr() CharNot() + CharOr() CharRelRep() CharRepl() + CharSort() CharSwap() CharXor() + Crypt() JustLeft() JustRight() + PosChar() PosRepl() RangeRepl() + ReplAll() ReplLeft() ReplRight() + TokenLower() TokenUpper() WordRepl() + WordSwap() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CSETATMUPA() + CSetAtMupa() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Determine "multi-pass" behaviour in some string functions $SYNTAX$ - CSETATMUPA( [] ) -> lOldSwitch + CSetAtMupa( [] ) -> lOldSwitch $ARGUMENTS$ [] .T. -> turn "multi-pass" on .F. -> turn "multi-pass" off @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ CSETATMUPA determines how the following CT3 string functions - ATNUM() AFTERATNUM() BEFORATNUM() - ATREPL() NUMAT() ATADJUST() - WORDTOCHAR() WORDREPL() + AtNum() AFTERAtNum() BEFORAtNum() + AtRepl() NumAt() AtAdjust() + WordToChar() WordRepl() perform their work. See the respective function documentation for a further description how the switch influences these functions. @@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - ATNUM() AFTERATNUM() BEFORATNUM() - ATREPL() NUMAT() ATADJUST() - WORDTOCHAR() WORDREPL() + AtNum() AFTERAtNum() BEFORAtNum() + AtRepl() NumAt() AtAdjust() + WordToChar() WordRepl() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SETATLIKE() + SetAtLike() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ @@ -135,9 +135,9 @@ In the following CT3 functions, strings are compared on a character base: - ATADJUST() ATNUM() AFTERATNUM() - BEFOREATNUM() ATREPL() NUMAT() - STRDIFF() + AtAdjust() AtNum() AFTERAtNum() + BEFOREAtNum() AtRepl() NumAt() + StrDiff() With the SETATLIKE function, one can determine when characters are considered to match within these functions. If CT_SETATLIKE_WILDCARD diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/datetime.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/datetime.txt index 1b6f78eb7b..1d49155265 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/datetime.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/datetime.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - BOM() + BoM() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ _B_egin _O_f _M_onth $SYNTAX$ - BOM( [] ) -> dDateBeginOfMonth + BoM( [] ) -> dDateBeginOfMonth $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - BOM() is compatible with CT3's BOM(). + BoM() is compatible with CT3's BoM(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - EOM(),BOQ(),EOQ(),BOY(),EOY() + EoM(),BoQ(),EoQ(),BoY(),EoY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - EOM() + EoM() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ _E_nd _O_f _M_onth $SYNTAX$ - EOM( [] ) -> dDateEndOfMonth + EoM( [] ) -> dDateEndOfMonth $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,25 +56,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - EOM() is compatible with CT3's EOM(). + EoM() is compatible with CT3's EoM(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - BOM(),BOQ(),EOQ(),BOY(),EOY() + BoM(),BoQ(),EoQ(),BoY(),EoY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - BOQ() + BoQ() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ _B_egin _O_f _Q_uarter $SYNTAX$ - BOQ( [] ) -> dDateBeginOfQuarter + BoQ( [] ) -> dDateBeginOfQuarter $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -88,25 +88,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - BOQ() is compatible with CT3's BOQ(). + BoQ() is compatible with CT3's BoQ(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - BOM(),EOM(),EOQ(),BOY(),EOY() + BoM(),EoM(),EoQ(),BoY(),EoY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - EOQ() + EoQ() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ _E_nd _O_f _Q_uarter $SYNTAX$ - EOQ( [] ) -> dDateEndOfQuarter + EoQ( [] ) -> dDateEndOfQuarter $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -120,25 +120,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - EOQ() is compatible with CT3's EOQ(). + EoQ() is compatible with CT3's EoQ(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - BOM(),EOM(),BOQ(),BOY(),EOY() + BoM(),EoM(),BoQ(),BoY(),EoY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - BOY() + BoY() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ _B_egin _O_f _Y_ear $SYNTAX$ - BOY( [] ) -> dDateBeginOfYear + BoY( [] ) -> dDateBeginOfYear $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -152,25 +152,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - BOY() is compatible with CT3's BOY(). + BoY() is compatible with CT3's BoY(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - BOM(),EOM(),BOQ(),EOQ(),EOY() + BoM(),EoM(),BoQ(),EoQ(),EoY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - EOY() + EoY() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ _E_nd _O_f _Y_ear $SYNTAX$ - EOY( [] ) -> dDateEndOfYear + EoY( [] ) -> dDateEndOfYear $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - EOY() is compatible with CT3's EOY(). + EoY() is compatible with CT3's EoY(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - BOM(),EOM(),BOQ(),EOQ(),BOY() + BoM(),EoM(),BoQ(),EoQ(),BoY() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime2.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime2.txt index b4dbb2fe28..80a407a656 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime2.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime2.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTODOW() + CToDoW() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ convert name of day of the week to its ordinal number $SYNTAX$ - CTODOW( ) -> nOrdinal + CToDoW( ) -> nOrdinal $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - CTODOW() is compatible with CT3's CTODOW(). + CToDoW() is compatible with CT3's CToDoW(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - NTOCDOW() + NToCDoW() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTOMONTH() + CToMonth() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ convert name of month to its ordinal number $SYNTAX$ - CTOMONTH( ) -> nOrdinal + CToMonth( ) -> nOrdinal $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - CTOMONTH() is compatible with CT3's CTOMONTH(). + CToMonth() is compatible with CT3's CToMonth(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - NTOCMONTH() + NToCMonth() $END$ */ @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DOY() + DoY() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - DOY() is compatible with CT3's DOY(). + DoY() is compatible with CT3's DoY(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -202,13 +202,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ISLEAP() + IsLeap() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ determines of year of date is a leap year $SYNTAX$ - ISLEAP( [] ) -> lIsLeap + IsLeap( [] ) -> lIsLeap $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - ISLEAP() is compatible with CT3's ISLEAP(). + IsLeap() is compatible with CT3's IsLeap(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DAYSTOMONTH() + DaysToMonth() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ Total number of days from first of Jan to beginning of nMonth. $SYNTAX$ - DAYSTOMONTH( , ) -> nDaysToMonth + DaysToMonth( , ) -> nDaysToMonth $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -256,19 +256,19 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - DAYSTOMONTH() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. + DaysToMonth() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - DAYSINMONTH() + DaysInMonth() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DAYSINMONTH() + DaysInMonth() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ @@ -288,25 +288,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - DAYSINMONTH() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. + DaysInMonth() is a new function in Harbour's CT3 library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - DAYSTOMONTH() + DaysToMonth() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - QUARTER() + Quarter() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ Returns a number equal to the quarter in which a date falls $SYNTAX$ - QUARTER( [] ) -> nQuarter + Quarter( [] ) -> nQuarter $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - QUARTER() is compatible with CT3's QUARTER(). + Quarter() is compatible with CT3's Quarter(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -334,20 +334,20 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - LASTDAYOM() + LastDayOM() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ Returns the the number of days in the month. $SYNTAX$ - LASTDAYOM( [] ) -> nDaysInMonth + LastDayOM( [] ) -> nDaysInMonth $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ $DESCRIPTION$ can be a date or a month number. If empty uses the - system date. If nMonth is a 2, lastdayom() will not know if it + system date. If nMonth is a 2, LastDayOM() will not know if it is a leap year or not. If dDate is invalid, returns 0 TODO: add further documentation $EXAMPLES$ @@ -357,25 +357,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - LASTDAYOM() is compatible with CT3's LASTDAYOM(). + LastDayOM() is compatible with CT3's LastDayOM(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - EOM() + EoM() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - NTOCDOW() + NToCDoW() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ (num of day) -> day name $SYNTAX$ - NTOCDOW( ) -> cDay + NToCDoW( ) -> cDay $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -389,25 +389,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - NTOCDOW() is compatible with CT3's NTOCDOW(). + NToCDoW() is compatible with CT3's NToCDoW(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CTODOW() + CToDoW() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - NTOCMONTH() + NToCMonth() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ (num of month ) -> Month Name $SYNTAX$ - NTOCMONTH( ) -> cMonth + NToCMonth( ) -> cMonth $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -421,25 +421,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - NTOCMONTH() is compatible with CT3's NTOCMONTH(). + NToCMonth() is compatible with CT3's NToCMonth(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CTOMONTH() + CToMonth() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WEEK() + Week() $CATEGORY$ CT3 date and time functions $ONELINER$ Returns the calendar week a number $SYNTAX$ - WEEK( [][, ] ) -> nWeek + Week( [][, ] ) -> nWeek $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Returns the calendar week a number. If no date is specified, the system date is used. An empty date via hb_SToD("") returns 0. - If is .T., week() will calculate the "simple week number", defined by + If is .T., Week() will calculate the "simple week number", defined by - week #1 starts on January, 1st - week #(n+1) starts seven days after start of week #n If is .F. (default), the ISO8601 week number, defined by @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - WEEK() is compatible with CT3's WEEK(). + Week() is compatible with CT3's Week(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime3.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime3.txt index 36a376f2ca..96ff2be447 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime3.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/dattime3.txt @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WAITPERIOD() + WaitPeriod() $CATEGORY$ HBCT date and time functions $ONELINER$ Pauses a specified time in increments of 1/100 seconds $SYNTAX$ - WAITPERIOD( [] ) --> lNotElapsed + WaitPeriod( [] ) --> lNotElapsed $ARGUMENTS$ Designates the waiting period at initialization in 1/100ths of seconds. Values from 1 to 8, 640, 000 (one day) are possible. $RETURNS$ - WAITPERIOD() returns .T., if the time span designated at initialization + WaitPeriod() returns .T., if the time span designated at initialization has not elapsed. $DESCRIPTION$ This function sets a time span for a DO WHILE loop to run. @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // Run a loop for 5 seconds: - WAITPERIOD( 500 ) // Initialization, 5 seconds - DO WHILE .AND. .AND. WAITPERIOD() + WaitPeriod( 500 ) // Initialization, 5 seconds + DO WHILE .AND. .AND. WaitPeriod() // ... ENDDO $TESTS$ @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - WAITPERIOD() is Clipper Tools compatible. + WaitPeriod() is Clipper Tools compatible. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -56,22 +56,22 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TIMEVALID() + TimeValid() $CATEGORY$ HBCT Date and Time Functions $ONELINER$ Determines whether a specIFied time is valid $SYNTAX$ - TIMEVALID( ) --> lValid + TimeValid( ) --> lValid $ARGUMENTS$ Designates a character string that contains the time to test. $RETURNS$ - TIMEVALID() RETURNs .T. when is a valid time; or .F. when + TimeValid() RETURNs .T. when is a valid time; or .F. when is an invalid time. $DESCRIPTION$ With input that requires time manipulation, writing your own UDF to - check time inputs was unavoidable up to now. TIMEVALID() permits + check time inputs was unavoidable up to now. TimeValid() permits Complete checking of a time designation. You can use this FUNCTION effectively with a VALID clause within a READ mask. @@ -83,23 +83,23 @@ "12:59", "12:59:59", and "12:59:59:99". By contrast, invalid examples are "24", "12:60", or "12:1", and/or "12:". IF you work with time strings that are not completely filled and that you need to - check with TIMEVALID(), then they must be TRIMmed prior to the use of - TIMEVALID() (see following Examples). + check with TimeValid(), then they must be TRIMmed prior to the use of + TimeValid() (see following Examples). $EXAMPLES$ // Using the VALID clause with TRIM, all valid times are // accepted, even IF no seconds or minutes are specIFied: cBegin := Space( 11 ) @ 5, 10 SAY "Please input time for beginning work:"; - GET cBegin VALID TIMEVALID( RTrim( cBegin ) ) + GET cBegin VALID TimeValid( RTrim( cBegin ) ) READ // Using a VALID clause without TRIM, hours and minutes must be - // specified, so that TIMEVALID() can confirm a valid time: + // specified, so that TimeValid() can confirm a valid time: cBegin := Space( 5 ) @ 5, 10 SAY "Please input time for beginning work:"; - GET cBegin VALID TIMEVALID( cBegin ) + GET cBegin VALID TimeValid( cBegin ) READ $TESTS$ @@ -112,19 +112,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SETTIME() + SetTime() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SETTIME() + SetTime() $CATEGORY$ HBCT Date and Time Functions $ONELINER$ Sets the system clock $SYNTAX$ - SETTIME( , [] ) --> lSet + SetTime( , [] ) --> lSet $ARGUMENTS$ Designates a character string that contains the time that is to become the system time. @@ -144,15 +144,15 @@ // on an AT: cNewTime := "10:20:00" - IF ISAT() - SETTIME( cNewTime, .T. ) + IF IsAt() + SetTime( cNewTime, .T. ) ELSE - SETTIME( cNewTime ) + SetTime( cNewTime ) ENDIF Or, more compactly: - SETTIME( cNewTime, ISAT() ) + SetTime( cNewTime, IsAt() ) $TESTS$ $STATUS$ @@ -164,19 +164,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SETDATE(),TIMEVALID() + SetDate(),TimeValid() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SETDATE() + SetDate() $CATEGORY$ HBCT Date and Time Functions $ONELINER$ Sets the system date $SYNTAX$ - SETDATE( , [] ) --> lSet + SetDate( , [] ) --> lSet $ARGUMENTS$ Designates which date to use to set the system date. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ plataform this adjust is automatic, therefore this parameter is without efect. $RETURNS$ - SETDATE() RETURNs .T. when the date is successfully set. + SetDate() RETURNs .T. when the date is successfully set. $DESCRIPTION$ When you use this FUNCTION to set the system date from within your application, all files acquire this date with each write procedure. @@ -194,15 +194,15 @@ // on an AT: dNewDate := SToD( "19910730" ) - IF ISAT() - SETDATE( dNewDate, .T. ) + IF IsAt() + SetDate( dNewDate, .T. ) ELSE - SETDATE( dNewDate ) + SetDate( dNewDate ) ENDIF Or, more compactly: - SETDATE( dNewDate, ISAT() ) + SetDate( dNewDate, IsAt() ) $TESTS$ $STATUS$ @@ -214,6 +214,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SETTIME() + SetTime() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/exponent.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/exponent.txt index 26cf5dbd1f..1eb8e2c84c 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/exponent.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/exponent.txt @@ -4,26 +4,26 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - MANTISSA() + Mantissa() $CATEGORY$ CT3 number and bit manipulation functions $ONELINER$ Evaluate the mantissa of a floating point number $SYNTAX$ - MANTISSA( ) --> nMantissa + Mantissa( ) --> nMantissa $ARGUMENTS$ Designate any Harbour number. $RETURNS$ - MANTISSA() returns the mantissa of the number. + Mantissa() returns the mantissa of the number. $DESCRIPTION$ - This function supplements EXPONENT() to return the mantissa of the + This function supplements Exponent() to return the mantissa of the number. Note: The mantissa value can be 0 or in the range of 1 to 2. The following calculation reproduces the original value: - MANTISSA( ) * 2 ^ EXPONENT( ) = + Mantissa( ) * 2 ^ Exponent( ) = TODO: add documentation @@ -34,43 +34,43 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - MANTISSA() is compatible with CT3's MANTISSA(). + Mantissa() is compatible with CT3's Mantissa(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - EXPONENT() + Exponent() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - EXPONENT() + Exponent() $CATEGORY$ CT3 number and bit manipulation functions $ONELINER$ Evaluate the exponent of a floating point number $SYNTAX$ - EXPONENT( ) --> nExponent + Exponent( ) --> nExponent $ARGUMENTS$ Designate any Harbour number. $RETURNS$ - EXPONENT() returns the exponent of the number + Exponent() returns the exponent of the number in base 2. $DESCRIPTION$ - This function supplements MANTISSA() to return the exponent of the + This function supplements Mantissa() to return the exponent of the number. Values > 1 or values < -1 return a positive number 0 to 1023. Values < 1 or values > -1 return a negative number -1 to -1023. - The EXPONENT( 0 ), return 0. + The Exponent( 0 ), return 0. The following calculation reproduces the original value: - 2^EXPONENT() * MANTISSA() = + 2^Exponent() * Mantissa() = TODO: add documentation @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - EXPONENT() is compatible with CT3's EXPONENT() + Exponent() is compatible with CT3's Exponent() $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - MANTISSA() + Mantissa() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/finan.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/finan.txt index ae67e70585..2402846fe0 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/finan.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/finan.txt @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ // Payment of 1000 per year for 10 years at a interest rate // of 5 per cent per year - ? fv( 1000, 0.05, 10 ) // --> 12577.893 + ? FV( 1000, 0.05, 10 ) // --> 12577.893 $TESTS$ - fv( 1000, 0.00, 10 ) == 10000.0 - fv( 1000, 0.05, 10 ) == 12577.893 + FV( 1000, 0.00, 10 ) == 10000.0 + FV( 1000, 0.05, 10 ) == 12577.893 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - PV(),PAYMENT(),PERIODS(),RATE() + PV(),Payment(),Periods(),RATE() $END$ */ @@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ // of 6000 Dollars (the amount you will pay back) the bank will pay // you - ? pv( 100, 0.005, 60 ) // --> 5172.56 + ? PV( 100, 0.005, 60 ) // --> 5172.56 $TESTS$ - pv( 100, 0.0, 60 ) == 6000.0 - pv( 100, 0.005, 60 ) == 5172.56 + PV( 100, 0.0, 60 ) == 6000.0 + PV( 100, 0.005, 60 ) == 5172.56 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ @@ -101,19 +101,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - FV(),PAYMENT(),PERIODS(),RATE() + FV(),Payment(),Periods(),RATE() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - PAYMENT() + Payment() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Payments for a loan $SYNTAX$ - PAYMENT( nLoan, nInterest, nPeriods ) --> nPayment + Payment( nLoan, nInterest, nPeriods ) --> nPayment $ARGUMENTS$ amount of money you get from the bank rate of interest per period, 1 == 100% @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Periodical payment one has to make to pay the loan back $DESCRIPTION$ - PAYMENT() calculates the payment one has to make periodically + Payment() calculates the payment one has to make periodically to pay back a loan within periods and for a rate of interest per period. debt in period 0 = @@ -137,32 +137,32 @@ // month (6% per year). // For 5 years, you have to pay back every month - ? payment( 5172.56, 0.005, 60 ) // --> 100.00 + ? Payment( 5172.56, 0.005, 60 ) // --> 100.00 $TESTS$ - payment( 5172.56, 0.0, 60 ) == 86.21 - payment( 5172.56, 0.005, 60 ) == 100.00 + Payment( 5172.56, 0.0, 60 ) == 86.21 + Payment( 5172.56, 0.005, 60 ) == 100.00 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - PAYMENT() is compatible with CT3's PAYMENT(). + Payment() is compatible with CT3's Payment(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - PV(),FV(),PERIODS(),RATE() + PV(),FV(),Periods(),RATE() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - PERIODS() + Periods() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Number of periods for a loan $SYNTAX$ - PERIODS( nLoan, nPayment, nInterest ) --> nPeriods + Periods( nLoan, nPayment, nInterest ) --> nPeriods $ARGUMENTS$ amount of money you get from the bank amount of money you pay back per period @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ $RETURNS$ number of periods you need to pay the loan back $DESCRIPTION$ - PERIODS() calculates the number of periods one needs to pay back + Periods() calculates the number of periods one needs to pay back a loan of with periodical payments of and for a rate of interest per period. debt in period 0 = @@ -189,22 +189,22 @@ // month (6% per year). // You can afford to pay 100 back every month, so you need - ? periods( 5172.56, 100, 0.005 ) // --> 60.0 + ? Periods( 5172.56, 100, 0.005 ) // --> 60.0 // months to cancel the loan. $TESTS$ - periods( 5172.56, 100, 0.005 ) == 60.0 - periods( 5172.56, 100, 0.0 ) == 51.7256 + Periods( 5172.56, 100, 0.005 ) == 60.0 + Periods( 5172.56, 100, 0.0 ) == 51.7256 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - PERIODS() is compatible with CT3's PERIODS(). + Periods() is compatible with CT3's Periods(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - PV(),FV(),PAYMENT(),RATE() + PV(),FV(),Payment(),RATE() $END$ */ @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ RATE() calculates the rate of interest per period for the given loan, payment per periods and number of periods. This is done with - the same equation used in the PAYMENT() or PERIODS() function: + the same equation used in the Payment() or Periods() function: = *(/100)/(1-(1+/100)^(-)) @@ -250,6 +250,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - PV(),FV(),PAYMENT(),PERIODS() + PV(),FV(),Payment(),Periods() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ftoc.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ftoc.txt index 2db2835b19..b72fbb9a38 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ftoc.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/ftoc.txt @@ -39,19 +39,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CTOF(), XTOC() + CToF(), XToC() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTOF() + CToF() $CATEGORY$ CT3 number and bit manipulation functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - CTOF( ) --> nFloatingPointNumber + CToF( ) --> nFloatingPointNumber $ARGUMENTS$ Designate a string that contains a Harbour @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ could produce different format in the string returned by FTOC(). $RETURNS$ - CTOF() return the floating point number that corresponds to the + CToF() return the floating point number that corresponds to the string passed. $DESCRIPTION$ - Character strings created with FTOC() or XTOC() are convert into + Character strings created with FTOC() or XToC() are convert into Harbour floating point number TODO: add documentation @@ -81,6 +81,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - FTOC(), XTOC() + FTOC(), XToC() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/justify.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/justify.txt index 9e468614d5..fd34f1af85 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/justify.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/justify.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - JUSTLEFT() + JustLeft() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Move characters from the beginning to the end of a string $SYNTAX$ - JUSTLEFT( <[@]cString>, [|] ) -> cJustifiedString + JustLeft( <[@]cString>, [|] ) -> cJustifiedString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - JUSTLEFT() is compatible with CT3's JUSTLEFT(). + JustLeft() is compatible with CT3's JustLeft(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - JUSTRIGHT() + JustRight() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - JUSTRIGHT() + JustRight() $CATEGORY$ Harbour Tools string functions $ONELINER$ Move characters from the end to the beginning of a string $SYNTAX$ - JUSTRIGHT( <[@]cString>, [|] ) -> cJustifiedString + JustRight( <[@]cString>, [|] ) -> cJustifiedString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - JUSTRIGHT() is compatible with CT3's JUSTRIGHT(). + JustRight() is compatible with CT3's JustRight(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - JUSTLEFT() + JustLeft() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/keyset.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/keyset.txt index 47d6008a1e..91ff44c439 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/keyset.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/keyset.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - KSETINS() + KSetIns() $CATEGORY$ CT3 switch and state functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - KSETINS( [] ) -> lOldSwitch + KSetIns( [] ) -> lOldSwitch $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - KSETCAPS() + KSetCaps() $CATEGORY$ CT3 switch and state functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - KSETCAPS( [] ) -> lOldSwitch + KSetCaps( [] ) -> lOldSwitch $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - KSETNUM() + KSetNum() $CATEGORY$ CT3 switch and state functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - KSETNUM( [] ) -> lOldSwitch + KSetNum( [] ) -> lOldSwitch $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - KSETSCROLL() + KSetScroll() $CATEGORY$ CT3 switch and state functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - KSETSCROLL( [] ) -> lOldSwitch + KSetScroll( [] ) -> lOldSwitch $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/misc1.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/misc1.txt index af333c9493..3efd1a79da 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/misc1.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/misc1.txt @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - XTOC() + XToC() $CATEGORY$ CT3 miscellaneous functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - XTOC( ) --> cValue + XToC( ) --> cValue $ARGUMENTS$ Designate an expression of some of the following data type: NUMBER, CHARACTER, DATE, LOGICAL. $RETURNS$ - XTOC() return a string with the representation of data type of + XToC() return a string with the representation of data type of expValue. $DESCRIPTION$ @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ ----------------------------------------------------------- Numeric sizeof( DOUBLE ) FTOC() Logical 1 - Date 8 DTOS() + Date 8 DToS() String Unchanged ----------------------------------------------------------- @@ -46,6 +46,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CTOF(), FTOC() + CToF(), FTOC() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/num1.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/num1.txt index 8df63e6a42..d24dfd7471 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/num1.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/num1.txt @@ -4,87 +4,87 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CELSIUS() + Celsius() $CATEGORY$ CT3 numeric functions $ONELINER$ Temperature conversion Fahrenheit to Celsius $SYNTAX$ - CELSIUS( nDegreeFahrenheit ) --> nDegreeCelsius + Celsius( nDegreeFahrenheit ) --> nDegreeCelsius $ARGUMENTS$ temperature in degree Fahrenheit $RETURNS$ temperate in degree Celsius $DESCRIPTION$ - CELSIUS() converts temperature values measured in the Fahrenheit scale + Celsius() converts temperature values measured in the Fahrenheit scale to the Celsius scale. $EXAMPLES$ // melting point of water in standard conditions - ? celsius( 32.0 ) // --> 0.0 + ? Celsius( 32.0 ) // --> 0.0 // boiling point of water in standard conditions - ? celsius( 212.0 ) // --> 100.0 + ? Celsius( 212.0 ) // --> 100.0 $TESTS$ - celsius( 32.0 ) == 0.0 - celsius( 212.0 ) == 100.0 + Celsius( 32.0 ) == 0.0 + Celsius( 212.0 ) == 100.0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - CELSIUS() is compatible with CT3's CELSIUS(). + Celsius() is compatible with CT3's Celsius(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - FAHRENHEIT() + Fahrenheit() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FAHRENHEIT() + Fahrenheit() $CATEGORY$ CT3 numeric functions $ONELINER$ Temperature conversion Celsius to Fahrenheit $SYNTAX$ - FAHRENHEIT( nDegreeCelsius ) --> nDegreeFahrenheit + Fahrenheit( nDegreeCelsius ) --> nDegreeFahrenheit $ARGUMENTS$ temperate in degree Celsius $RETURNS$ temperature in degree Fahrenheit $DESCRIPTION$ - FAHRENHEIT() converts temperature values measured in the Celsius scale + Fahrenheit() converts temperature values measured in the Celsius scale to the Fahrenheit scale. $EXAMPLES$ // melting point of water in standard conditions - ? fahrenheit( 0.0 ) // --> 32.0 + ? Fahrenheit( 0.0 ) // --> 32.0 // boiling point of water in standard conditions - ? fahrenheit( 100.0 ) // --> 212.0 + ? Fahrenheit( 100.0 ) // --> 212.0 $TESTS$ - fahrenheit( 0.0 ) == 32.0 - celsius( 100.0 ) == 212.0 + Fahrenheit( 0.0 ) == 32.0 + Celsius( 100.0 ) == 212.0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - FAHRENHEIT() is compatible with CT3's FAHRENHEIT(). + Fahrenheit() is compatible with CT3's Fahrenheit(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CELSIUS() + Celsius() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - INFINITY() + Infinity() $CATEGORY$ CT3 numeric functions $ONELINER$ Returns the largest floating point number available in the system $SYNTAX$ - INFINITY( [] ) --> nLargestNumber + Infinity( [] ) --> nLargestNumber $ARGUMENTS$ [] .T., if the function should return the maximum floating point value @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ $RETURNS$ the largest floating point number available in the system $DESCRIPTION$ - INFINITY() returns the largest floating point number available + Infinity() returns the largest floating point number available in the system. For platform independance, this is set to DBL_MAX. $EXAMPLES$ @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - INFINITY() must not necessarily return the same number as CT3's INFINITY(). + Infinity() must not necessarily return the same number as CT3's Infinity(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numat.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numat.txt index 757f064a08..dd84ebac87 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numat.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numat.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - NUMAT() + NumAt() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Number of occurrences of a sequence in a string $SYNTAX$ - NUMAT( , , [] ) --> nCount + NumAt( , , [] ) --> nCount $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - NUMAT() is compatible with CT3's NUMAT(). + NumAt() is compatible with CT3's NumAt(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CSETATMUPA(),SETATLIKE() + CSetAtMupa(),SetAtLike() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numconv.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numconv.txt index 139ba972db..f852ea876d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numconv.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/numconv.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - NTOC() + NToC() $CATEGORY$ CT3 number and bit manipulation functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - NTOC( [, ][,][,] ) -> + NToC( [, ][,][,] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CTON() + CToN() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTON() + CToN() $CATEGORY$ CT3 number and bit manipulation functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - CTON( [, ][,] ) -> + CToN( [, ][,] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -62,19 +62,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - NTOC() + NToC() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - BITTOC() + BitToC() $CATEGORY$ CT3 number and bit manipulation functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - BITTOC( , [,] ) -> + BitToC( , [,] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CTOBIT() + CToBit() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CTOBIT() + CToBit() $CATEGORY$ CT3 number and bit manipulation functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - CTOBIT( , ) -> + CToBit( , ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -126,6 +126,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - BITTOC() + BitToC() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos1.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos1.txt index 99b27a2186..b7cf96830e 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos1.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos1.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSALPHA() + PosAlpha() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Left-most position of a letter in a string $SYNTAX$ - POSALPHA( , [], [] ) -> nPosition + PosAlpha( , [], [] ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSALPHA() is compatible with CT3's POSALPHA(). + PosAlpha() is compatible with CT3's PosAlpha(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSLOWER(),POSUPPER(),POSRANGE() + PosLower(),PosUpper(),PosRange() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSLOWER() + PosLower() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Left-most position of a lowercase letter in a string $SYNTAX$ - POSLOWER( , [], [] ) -> nPosition + PosLower( , [], [] ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,25 +56,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSLOWER() is compatible with CT3's POSLOWER(). + PosLower() is compatible with CT3's PosLower(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSALPHA(),POSUPPER(),POSRANGE() + PosAlpha(),PosUpper(),PosRange() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSRANGE() + PosRange() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Left-most position of a character from a set in a string $SYNTAX$ - POSRANGE( , , , [], + PosRange( , , , [], [] ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -89,25 +89,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSRANGE() is compatible with CT3's POSRANGE(). + PosRange() is compatible with CT3's PosRange(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSALPHA(),POSLOWER(),POSUPPER() + PosAlpha(),PosLower(),PosUpper() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSUPPER() + PosUpper() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Left-most position of an uppercase letter in a string $SYNTAX$ - POSUPPER( , [], [] ) -> nPosition + PosUpper( , [], [] ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -121,12 +121,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSUPPER() is compatible with CT3's POSUPPER(). + PosUpper() is compatible with CT3's PosUpper(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSALPHA(),POSLOWER(),POSRANGE() + PosAlpha(),PosLower(),PosRange() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos2.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos2.txt index 3c1fda00e6..28eb3bb8a7 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos2.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/pos2.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSCHAR() + PosChar() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Replace character at a certain position within a string $SYNTAX$ - POSCHAR( <[@]cString>, , [] ) -> cString + PosChar( <[@]cString>, , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSCHAR() is compatible with CT3's POSCHAR(). + PosChar() is compatible with CT3's PosChar(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSDEL(),POSINS(),POSREPL(),CSETREF() + PosDel(),PosIns(),PosRepl(),CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSDEL() + PosDel() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Delete characters at a certain position within a string $SYNTAX$ - POSDEL( , [], ) -> cString + PosDel( , [], ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,25 +56,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSDEL() is compatible with CT3's POSDEL(). + PosDel() is compatible with CT3's PosDel(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSCHAR(),POSINS(),POSREPL() + PosChar(),PosIns(),PosRepl() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSINS() + PosIns() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Insert characters at a certain position within a string $SYNTAX$ - POSINS( , , [] ) -> cString + PosIns( , , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -88,25 +88,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSINS() is compatible with CT3's POSINS(). + PosIns() is compatible with CT3's PosIns(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSCHAR,POSDEL(),POSREPL() + POSCHAR,PosDel(),PosRepl() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSREPL() + PosRepl() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Replace characters at a certain position within a string $SYNTAX$ - POSREPL( <[@]cString>, , [] ) -> cString + PosRepl( <[@]cString>, , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -120,12 +120,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSREPL() is compatible with CT3's POSREPL(). + PosRepl() is compatible with CT3's PosRepl(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSCHAR(),POSDEL(),POSINS(),CSETREF() + PosChar(),PosDel(),PosIns(),CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/posdiff.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/posdiff.txt index 2c584e0e7d..1eb34dcf39 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/posdiff.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/posdiff.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSDIFF() + PosDiff() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ The left-most position there two string differ $SYNTAX$ - POSDIFF( , , [] ) -> nPosition + PosDiff( , , [] ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSDIFF() is compatible with CT3's POSDIFF(). + PosDiff() is compatible with CT3's PosDiff(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSEQUAL() + PosEqual() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - POSEQUAL() + PosEqual() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ The left-most position there two string begin to be equal $SYNTAX$ - POSEQUAL( , , [], [] ) -> nPosition + PosEqual( , , [], [] ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - POSEQUAL() is compatible with CT3's POSEQUAL(). + PosEqual() is compatible with CT3's PosEqual(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - POSDIFF() + PosDiff() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/print.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/print.txt index 7e17ce62fb..fe81aab4e4 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/print.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/print.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - PRINTSTAT() + PrintStat() $CATEGORY$ CT3 printer functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - PRINTSTAT( [] ) -> nState + PrintStat( [] ) -> nState $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - PRINTREADY() + PrintReady() $CATEGORY$ CT3 printer functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - PRINTREADY( [] ) -> lPrinterReady + PrintReady( [] ) -> lPrinterReady $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/range.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/range.txt index 04523d2d8d..42b655a613 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/range.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/range.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - RANGEREM() + RangeRem() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Remove characters within a certain ASCII range from a string $SYNTAX$ - RANGEREM( , , ) -> cString + RangeRem( , , ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -18,24 +18,24 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ TODO: add documentation $EXAMPLES$ - ? rangerem( "0", "9", "year2002.dbf" ) // "year.dbf", remove all digits - ? rangerem( "9", "0", "year2002.dbf" ) // "22", testing removal from "9" to Chr(255) + ? RangeRem( "0", "9", "year2002.dbf" ) // "year.dbf", remove all digits + ? RangeRem( "9", "0", "year2002.dbf" ) // "22", testing removal from "9" to Chr(255) // and from Chr(0) to "0" - ? rangerem( "0", "9", "yearcurr.dbf" ) // "yearcurr.dbf", test leaving string untouched + ? RangeRem( "0", "9", "yearcurr.dbf" ) // "yearcurr.dbf", test leaving string untouched $TESTS$ - rangerem( "0", "9", "year2002.dbf" ) == "year.dbf" - rangerem( "9", "0", "year2002.dbf" ) == "22" - rangerem( "0", "9", "yearcurr.dbf" ) == "yearcurr.dbf" + RangeRem( "0", "9", "year2002.dbf" ) == "year.dbf" + RangeRem( "9", "0", "year2002.dbf" ) == "22" + RangeRem( "0", "9", "yearcurr.dbf" ) == "yearcurr.dbf" $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - RANGEREM() is compatible with CT3's RANGEREM(). + RangeRem() is compatible with CT3's RangeRem(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - RANGEREPL() + RangeRepl() $END$ */ @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ $ONELINER$ Replace characters within a certain ASCII range from a string $SYNTAX$ - RANGEREPL( , , + RangeRepl( , , <[@]cString>, ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -56,23 +56,23 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ TODO: add documentation $EXAMPLES$ - ? rangerepl( "0", "9", "year2002.dbf", "?" ) // "year????.dbf", replace all digits - ? rangerepl( "9", "0", "year2002.dbf", "?" ) // "????2??2????", testing replacement from "9" to Chr(255) + ? RangeRepl( "0", "9", "year2002.dbf", "?" ) // "year????.dbf", replace all digits + ? RangeRepl( "9", "0", "year2002.dbf", "?" ) // "????2??2????", testing replacement from "9" to Chr(255) // and from Chr(0) to "0" - ? rangerepl( "0", "9", "yearcurr.dbf", "?" ) // "yearcurr.dbf", test leaving string untouched + ? RangeRepl( "0", "9", "yearcurr.dbf", "?" ) // "yearcurr.dbf", test leaving string untouched $TESTS$ - rangerepl( "0", "9", "year2002.dbf", "?" ) == "year????.dbf" - rangerepl( "9", "0", "year2002.dbf", "?" ) == "????2??2????" - rangerepl( "0", "9", "yearcurr.dbf", "?" ) == "yearcurr.dbf" + RangeRepl( "0", "9", "year2002.dbf", "?" ) == "year????.dbf" + RangeRepl( "9", "0", "year2002.dbf", "?" ) == "????2??2????" + RangeRepl( "0", "9", "yearcurr.dbf", "?" ) == "yearcurr.dbf" $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - RANGEREPL() is compatible with CT3's RANGEREPL(). + RangeRepl() is compatible with CT3's RangeRepl(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - RANGEREM() + RangeRem() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/relation.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/relation.txt index 7d85b46977..5fa992b5fa 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/relation.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/relation.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARRELA() + CharRelA() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Character relation of two strings $SYNTAX$ - CHARRELA( , , + CharRelA( , , , ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -25,25 +25,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARRELA() is compatible with CT3's CHARRELA(). + CharRelA() is compatible with CT3's CharRelA(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARRELREP() + CharRelRep() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARRELREP() + CharRelRep() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Relation dependant character replacement $SYNTAX$ - CHARRELREP( , , + CharRelRep( , , , <[@]cString2>, ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - CHARRELREP() is compatible with CT3's CHARRELREP(). + CharRelRep() is compatible with CT3's CharRelRep(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARRELA(),CSETREF() + CharRelA(),CSetRef() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/remove.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/remove.txt index a3bdd2164d..875402d791 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/remove.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/remove.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - REMALL() + RemAll() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Remove certain characters at the left and right of a string $SYNTAX$ - REMALL( , [] ) -> cString + RemAll( , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - REMALL() is compatible with CT3's REMALL(). + RemAll() is compatible with CT3's RemAll(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - REMLEFT(),REMRIGHT() + RemLeft(),RemRight() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - REMLEFT() + RemLeft() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Remove certain characters at the left of a string $SYNTAX$ - REMLEFT( , [] ) -> cString + RemLeft( , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,25 +56,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - REMLEFT() is compatible with CT3's REMLEFT(). + RemLeft() is compatible with CT3's RemLeft(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - REMALL(),REMRIGHT() + RemAll(),RemRight() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - REMRIGHT() + RemRight() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Remove certain characters at the right of a string $SYNTAX$ - REMRIGHT( , [] ) -> cString + RemRight( , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - REMRIGHT() is compatible with CT3's REMRIGHT(). + RemRight() is compatible with CT3's RemRight(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - REMALL(),REMLEFT() + RemAll(),RemLeft() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/replace.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/replace.txt index a53221313a..86b78e0c92 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/replace.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/replace.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - REPLALL() + ReplAll() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Replace certain characters at the left and right of a string $SYNTAX$ - REPLALL( , , [] ) -> cString + ReplAll( , , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - REPLALL() is compatible with CT3's REPLALL(). + ReplAll() is compatible with CT3's ReplAll(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - REPLLEFT(),REPLRIGHT() + ReplLeft(),ReplRight() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - REPLLEFT() + ReplLeft() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Replace certain characters at the left of a string $SYNTAX$ - REPLLEFT( , , [] ) -> cString + ReplLeft( , , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -56,25 +56,25 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - REPLLEFT() is compatible with CT3's REPLLEFT(). + ReplLeft() is compatible with CT3's ReplLeft(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - REPLALL(),REPLRIGHT() + ReplAll(),ReplRight() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - REPLRIGHT() + ReplRight() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Replace certain characters at the right of a string $SYNTAX$ - REPLRIGHT( , , [] ) -> cString + ReplRight( , , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - REPLRIGHT() is compatible with CT3's REPLRIGHT(). + ReplRight() is compatible with CT3's ReplRight(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - REPLALL(),REPLLEFT() + ReplAll(),ReplLeft() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/screen1.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/screen1.txt index f16d98e702..daa5611db6 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/screen1.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/screen1.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SCREENATTR() + ScreenAttr() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - SCREENATTR( [],[] ) -> + ScreenAttr( [],[] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ Designates the line from which to determine the attribute. The default is the cursor line. @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ attribute. The default is the cursor column. $RETURNS$ - SCREENATTR() returns the attribute at the designated position. + ScreenAttr() returns the attribute at the designated position. $DESCRIPTION$ - SCREENATTR() returns the current screen attribute at and + ScreenAttr() returns the current screen attribute at and . You can query targeted attributes this way and save them - to use later, or process them later with INVERTATTR(). + to use later, or process them later with InvertAttr(). TODO: add documentation $EXAMPLES$ @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SCREENMIX() + ScreenMix() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - SCREENMIX( , , [], [] ) -> + ScreenMix( , , [], [] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SAYSCREEN() + SayScreen() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - SAYSCREEN( , [], [] ) -> + SayScreen( , [], [] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ - the string to output. Although undocumented, can be NIL. - row number, defaults to cursor row. @@ -107,13 +107,13 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SCREENMIX() + ScreenMix() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - INVERTWIN() + InvertWin() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - INVERTWIN() is compatible with CT3's INVERTWIN(). + InvertWin() is compatible with CT3's InvertWin(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ @@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - UNTEXTWIN() + UnTextWin() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - UNTEXTWIN( , , , , + UnTextWin( , , , , , [], [] ) --> cNull @@ -198,13 +198,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARWIN() + CharWin() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - CHARWIN( , , , , [], + CharWin( , , , , [], [] ) --> $ARGUMENTS$ - top row number, default 0 @@ -241,13 +241,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - COLORWIN() + ColorWin() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - COLORWIN( [], [], [], [], + ColorWin( [], [], [], [], [], [] ) --> cNull $ARGUMENTS$ Designates the topmost line to begin processing. The @@ -286,13 +286,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SCREENTEXT() + ScreenText() $CATEGORY$ CT video functions (Harbour extension) $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - SCREENTEXT( , , , ) + ScreenText( , , , ) $ARGUMENTS$ - top row number, default 0 - left column number, default 0 @@ -322,13 +322,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - COLORREPL() + ColorRepl() $CATEGORY$ CT3 video functions $ONELINER$ $SYNTAX$ - COLORREPL( [], [] ) --> cNull + ColorRepl( [], [] ) --> cNull $ARGUMENTS$ Designates the new attribute. The default is CLEARA. diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strdiff.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strdiff.txt index 066793c41a..41ee043072 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strdiff.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strdiff.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - STRDIFF() + StrDiff() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Evaluate the "Edit (Levensthein) Distance" of two strings $SYNTAX$ - STRDIFF( , , [], [], + StrDiff( , , [], [], [] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ string at the "starting point" of the transformation process, default is "" @@ -21,51 +21,51 @@ $RETURNS$ penalty point sum of all operations needed to transform to $DESCRIPTION$ - The STRDIFF() functions calculates the so called "Edit" or "Levensthein" distance of two strings. + The StrDiff() functions calculates the so called "Edit" or "Levensthein" distance of two strings. This distance is a measure for the number of single character replace/insert/delete operations (so called "point mutations") required to transform into and its value will be the smallest sum of the penalty points of the required operations. - Be aware that this function is both quite time - O(len(cString1)*len(cString2)) - and memory consuming - - O((len(cString1)+1)*(len(cString2)+1)*sizeof(int)) - so keep the strings as short as possible. - E.g., on common 32 bit systems (sizeof(int) == 4), calling strdiff() with two strings of 1024 bytes + Be aware that this function is both quite time - O(Len(cString1)*Len(cString2)) - and memory consuming - + O((Len(cString1)+1)*(Len(cString2)+1)*sizeof(int)) - so keep the strings as short as possible. + E.g., on common 32 bit systems (sizeof(int) == 4), calling StrDiff() with two strings of 1024 bytes in length will consume 4 MB of memory. To not impose unneeded restrictions, the function will only check if - (len(cString1)+1)*(len(cString2)+1)*sizeof(int) <= UINT_MAX, although allocing UINT_MAX bytes will not + (Len(cString1)+1)*(Len(cString2)+1)*sizeof(int) <= UINT_MAX, although allocing UINT_MAX bytes will not work on most systems. If this simple check fails, -1 is returned. Also, be aware that there can be an overflow when the penalty points are summed up: Assuming that the - number of transformation operations is in the order of max(len(cString1),len(cString2)), the penalty point + number of transformation operations is in the order of Max(Len(cString1),Len(cString2)), the penalty point sum, that is internally stored in an "int" variable, is in the order of - (max(len(cString1),len(cString2))*max(nReplacementPenalty,nDeletionPenalty,nInsertionPentaly). - The STRDIFF() does not do an overflow check due to time performance reasons. Future versions of STRDIFF() + (Max(Len(cString1),Len(cString2))*Max(nReplacementPenalty,nDeletionPenalty,nInsertionPentaly). + The StrDiff() does not do an overflow check due to time performance reasons. Future versions of StrDiff() could use a type different to "int" to store the penalty point sum to save memory or to avoid overflows. - The function is aware of the settings done by SETATLIKE(), that means that the wildchar character + The function is aware of the settings done by SetAtLike(), that means that the wildchar character is considered equal to ALL characters. $EXAMPLES$ - ? strdiff( "ABC", "ADC" ) // 3, one character replaced - ? strdiff( "ABC", "AEC" ) // 3, dito - ? strdiff( "CBA", "ABC" ) // 6, two characters replaced - ? strdiff( "ABC", "AXBC" ) // 1, one character inserted - ? strdiff( "AXBC", "ABC" ) // 6, one character removed - ? strdiff( "AXBC", "ADC" ) // 9, one character removed and one replaced + ? StrDiff( "ABC", "ADC" ) // 3, one character replaced + ? StrDiff( "ABC", "AEC" ) // 3, dito + ? StrDiff( "CBA", "ABC" ) // 6, two characters replaced + ? StrDiff( "ABC", "AXBC" ) // 1, one character inserted + ? StrDiff( "AXBC", "ABC" ) // 6, one character removed + ? StrDiff( "AXBC", "ADC" ) // 9, one character removed and one replaced $TESTS$ - strdiff( "ABC", "ADC" ) == 3 - strdiff( "ABC", "AEC" ) == 3 - strdiff( "CBA", "ABC" ) == 6 - strdiff( "ABC", "AXBC" ) == 1 - strdiff( "AXBC", "ABC" ) == 6 - strdiff( "AXBC", "ADC" ) == 9 + StrDiff( "ABC", "ADC" ) == 3 + StrDiff( "ABC", "AEC" ) == 3 + StrDiff( "CBA", "ABC" ) == 6 + StrDiff( "ABC", "AXBC" ) == 1 + StrDiff( "AXBC", "ABC" ) == 6 + StrDiff( "AXBC", "ADC" ) == 9 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - STRDIFF() is compatible with CT3's STRDIFF(). + StrDiff() is compatible with CT3's StrDiff(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SETATLIKE() + SetAtLike() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strswap.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strswap.txt index e57204cf28..ed9e702025 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strswap.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/strswap.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - STRSWAP() + StrSwap() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Swap the contents of two strings $SYNTAX$ - STRSWAP( <[@]cString1>, <[@]cString2> ) -> cString + StrSwap( <[@]cString1>, <[@]cString2> ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - STRSWAP() is compatible with CT3's STRSWAP(). + StrSwap() is compatible with CT3's StrSwap(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/tab.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/tab.txt index 9b5bbb35d5..4636a0b3bc 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/tab.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/tab.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TABEXPAND() + TabExpand() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ hb_eol() character indicating a tab stop, default is Chr(9) - .T., if the soft-CR used by MEMOEDIT() + .T., if the soft-CR used by MemoEdit() should be ignored as a newline indicator, default is .F. (functions uses Chr(141)) $RETURNS$ @@ -32,17 +32,17 @@ $EXAMPLES$ $TESTS$ - tabexpand( "-" + Chr( 9 ) + "!" ) == "- !" - tabexpand( "----" + Chr( 9 ) + "!" ) == "---- !" - tabexpand( "-" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", , "+" ) == "-+++++++!" - tabexpand( "-" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", 4 ) == "- !" - tabexpand( "----" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", 8 ) == "---- !" - tabexpand( "----" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", 8, "+" ) == "----++++!" - tabexpand( "-" + Chr( 9 ) + "!" + hb_eol() + "----" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", , "+" ) == "-+++++++!" + hb_eol() + "----++++!" + TabExpand( "-" + Chr( 9 ) + "!" ) == "- !" + TabExpand( "----" + Chr( 9 ) + "!" ) == "---- !" + TabExpand( "-" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", , "+" ) == "-+++++++!" + TabExpand( "-" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", 4 ) == "- !" + TabExpand( "----" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", 8 ) == "---- !" + TabExpand( "----" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", 8, "+" ) == "----++++!" + TabExpand( "-" + Chr( 9 ) + "!" + hb_eol() + "----" + Chr( 9 ) + "!", , "+" ) == "-+++++++!" + hb_eol() + "----++++!" $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - TABEXPAND() is compatible with CT3's TABEXPAND(), but there are + TabExpand() is compatible with CT3's TabExpand(), but there are three new parameters for a better fine control of the function's behaviour. $PLATFORMS$ @@ -50,19 +50,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TABPACK() + TabPack() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TABPACK() + TabPack() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Pack fill characters to appropriate tab characters $SYNTAX$ - TABPACK( , [], [], + TabPack( , [], [], [], [], [] ) -> cPackedString $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ hb_eol() character indicating a tab stop, default is Chr(9) - .T., if the soft-CR used by MEMOEDIT() + .T., if the soft-CR used by MemoEdit() should be ignored as a newline indicator, default is .F. (functions uses Chr(141)) $RETURNS$ @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - TABPACK() is compatible with CT3's TABPACK(), but there are + TabPack() is compatible with CT3's TabPack(), but there are three new parameters for a better fine control of the function's behaviour. $PLATFORMS$ @@ -96,6 +96,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TABEXPAND() + TabExpand() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token1.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token1.txt index f89b62159a..439b235c9c 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token1.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token1.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ATTOKEN() + AtToken() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Position of a token in a string $SYNTAX$ - ATTOKEN( , [], + AtToken( , [], [], [] ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ is the processed string @@ -33,46 +33,46 @@ The start position of the specified token or 0 if such a token does not exist in . $DESCRIPTION$ - The ATTOKEN() function calculates the start position of tne + The AtToken() function calculates the start position of tne th token in . By setting the new parameter to a value different than 0, you can specify how many tokenizing characters are combined at most to one token stop. Be aware that this can result to empty tokens there the start position is not - defined clearly. Then, ATTOKEN() returns the position there the + defined clearly. Then, AtToken() returns the position there the token WOULD start if its length is larger than 0. To check for empty tokens, simply look if the character at the returned position is within the tokenizer list. $EXAMPLES$ - attoken( "Hello, World!" ) // --> 8 (empty strings after tokenizer are not a token !) + AtToken( "Hello, World!" ) // --> 8 (empty strings after tokenizer are not a token !) $TESTS$ - attoken( "Hello, World!" ) == 8 - attoken( "Hello, World!",, 2 ) == 8 - attoken( "Hello, World!",, 2, 1 ) == 7 - attoken( "Hello, World!", " ", 2, 1 ) == 8 + AtToken( "Hello, World!" ) == 8 + AtToken( "Hello, World!",, 2 ) == 8 + AtToken( "Hello, World!",, 2, 1 ) == 7 + AtToken( "Hello, World!", " ", 2, 1 ) == 8 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ATTOKEN() is compatible with CT3's ATTOKEN, but has an additional + AtToken() is compatible with CT3's ATTOKEN, but has an additional 4th parameter to let you specify a skip width equal to that in the - TOKEN() function. + Token() function. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKEN(),NUMTOKEN(),TOKENLOWER(),TOKENUPPER(),TOKENSEP() + Token(),NUMToken(),TokenLower(),TokenUpper(),TokenSep() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKEN() + Token() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Tokens of a string $SYNTAX$ - TOKEN( , [], + Token( , [], [], [<@cPreTokenSep>], [<@cPostTokenSep>] ) -> cToken $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -99,49 +99,49 @@ $RETURNS$ the token specified by the parameters given above $DESCRIPTION$ - The TOKEN() function extracts the th token from the + The Token() function extracts the th token from the string . In the course of this, the tokens in the string are separated by the character(s) specified in . The function may also extract empty tokens, if you specify a skip width other than zero. - Be aware of the new 5th and 6th parameter there the TOKEN() function + Be aware of the new 5th and 6th parameter there the Token() function stores the tokenizing character before and after the extracted token. - Therefore, additional calls to the TOKENSEP() function are not + Therefore, additional calls to the TokenSep() function are not necessary. $EXAMPLES$ - ? token( "Hello, World!" ) --> "World" - ? token( "Hello, World!",, 2, 1 ) --> "" - ? token( "Hello, World!", ",", 2, 1 ) --> " World!" - ? token( "Hello, World!", " ", 2, 1 ) --> "World!" + ? Token( "Hello, World!" ) --> "World" + ? Token( "Hello, World!",, 2, 1 ) --> "" + ? Token( "Hello, World!", ",", 2, 1 ) --> " World!" + ? Token( "Hello, World!", " ", 2, 1 ) --> "World!" $TESTS$ - token( "Hello, World!" ) == "World" - token( "Hello, World!",, 2, 1 ) == "" - token( "Hello, World!", ",", 2, 1 ) == " World!" - token( "Hello, World!", " ", 2, 1 ) == "World!" + Token( "Hello, World!" ) == "World" + Token( "Hello, World!",, 2, 1 ) == "" + Token( "Hello, World!", ",", 2, 1 ) == " World!" + Token( "Hello, World!", " ", 2, 1 ) == "World!" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKEN() is compatible with CT3's TOKEN, but two additional - parameters have been added there the TOKEN() function can store + Token() is compatible with CT3's TOKEN, but two additional + parameters have been added there the Token() function can store the tokenizers before and after the current token. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - NUMTOKEN(),ATTOKEN(),TOKENLOWER(),TOKENUPPER(),TOKENSEP() + NUMToken(),AtToken(),TokenLower(),TokenUpper(),TokenSep() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - NUMTOKEN() + NUMToken() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Retrieves the number of tokens in a string $SYNTAX$ - NUMTOKEN( , [], [] ) -> nTokenCount + NUMToken( , [], [] ) -> nTokenCount $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -151,31 +151,31 @@ $EXAMPLES$ $TESTS$ - numtoken( "Hello, World!" ) == 2 - numtoken( "This is good. See you! How do you do?", ".!?" ) == 3 - numtoken( "one,,three,four,,six", ",", 1 ) == 6 + numToken( "Hello, World!" ) == 2 + numToken( "This is good. See you! How do you do?", ".!?" ) == 3 + numToken( "one,,three,four,,six", ",", 1 ) == 6 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - NUMTOKEN() is compatible with CT3's NUMTOKEN(). + NUMToken() is compatible with CT3's NUMToken(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKEN(),ATTOKEN(),TOKENLOWER(),TOKENUPPER(),TOKENSEP() + Token(),AtToken(),TokenLower(),TokenUpper(),TokenSep() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENLOWER() + TokenLower() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Change the first letter of tokens to lower case $SYNTAX$ - TOKENLOWER( <[@]cString>, [], [], + TokenLower( <[@]cString>, [], [], [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> is the processed string @@ -197,27 +197,27 @@ $RETURNS$ the string with the lowercased tokens $DESCRIPTION$ - The TOKENLOWER() function changes the first letter of tokens in + The TokenLower() function changes the first letter of tokens in to lower case. To do this, it uses the same tokenizing mechanism - as the token() function. If TOKENLOWER() extracts a token that starts + as the Token() function. If TokenLower() extracts a token that starts with a letter, this letter will be changed to lower case. - You can omit the return value of this function by setting the CSETREF() + You can omit the return value of this function by setting the CSetRef() switch to .T., but you must then pass by reference to get the result. $EXAMPLES$ - ? tokenlower( "Hello, World, here I am!" ) // "hello, world, here i am!" - ? tokenlower( "Hello, World, here I am!",, 3 ) // "hello, world, here I am!" - ? tokenlower( "Hello, World, here I am!", ",", 3 ) // "hello, World, here I am!" - ? tokenlower( "Hello, World, here I am!", " W" ) // "hello, World, here i am!" + ? TokenLower( "Hello, World, here I am!" ) // "hello, world, here i am!" + ? TokenLower( "Hello, World, here I am!",, 3 ) // "hello, world, here I am!" + ? TokenLower( "Hello, World, here I am!", ",", 3 ) // "hello, World, here I am!" + ? TokenLower( "Hello, World, here I am!", " W" ) // "hello, World, here i am!" $TESTS$ - tokenlower( "Hello, World, here I am!" ) == "hello, world, here i am!" - tokenlower( "Hello, World, here I am!",, 3 ) == "hello, world, here I am!" - tokenlower( "Hello, World, here I am!", ",", 3 ) == "hello, World, here I am!" - tokenlower( "Hello, World, here I am!", " W" ) == "hello, World, here i am!" + TokenLower( "Hello, World, here I am!" ) == "hello, world, here i am!" + TokenLower( "Hello, World, here I am!",, 3 ) == "hello, world, here I am!" + TokenLower( "Hello, World, here I am!", ",", 3 ) == "hello, World, here I am!" + TokenLower( "Hello, World, here I am!", " W" ) == "hello, World, here i am!" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENLOWER() is compatible with CT3's TOKENLOWER(), + TokenLower() is compatible with CT3's TokenLower(), but a new 4th parameter, has been added for synchronization with the the other token functions. $PLATFORMS$ @@ -225,19 +225,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKEN(),NUMTOKEN(),ATTOKEN(),TOKENUPPER(),TOKENSEP(),CSETREF() + Token(),NUMToken(),AtToken(),TokenUpper(),TokenSep(),CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENUPPER() + TokenUpper() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Change the first letter of tokens to upper case $SYNTAX$ - TOKENUPPER( <[@]cString>, [], [], + TokenUpper( <[@]cString>, [], [], [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> is the processed string @@ -259,27 +259,27 @@ $RETURNS$ the string with the uppercased tokens $DESCRIPTION$ - The TOKENUPPER() function changes the first letter of tokens in + The TokenUpper() function changes the first letter of tokens in to upper case. To do this, it uses the same tokenizing mechanism - as the token() function. If TOKENUPPER() extracts a token that starts + as the Token() function. If TokenUpper() extracts a token that starts with a letter, this letter will be changed to upper case. - You can omit the return value of this function by setting the CSETREF() + You can omit the return value of this function by setting the CSetRef() switch to .T., but you must then pass by reference to get the result. $EXAMPLES$ - ? tokenupper( "Hello, world, here I am!" ) // "Hello, World, Here I Am!" - ? tokenupper( "Hello, world, here I am!",, 3 ) // "Hello, World, Here I am!" - ? tokenupper( "Hello, world, here I am!", ",", 3 ) // "Hello, world, here I am!" - ? tokenupper( "Hello, world, here I am!", " w" ) // "Hello, wOrld, Here I Am!" + ? TokenUpper( "Hello, world, here I am!" ) // "Hello, World, Here I Am!" + ? TokenUpper( "Hello, world, here I am!",, 3 ) // "Hello, World, Here I am!" + ? TokenUpper( "Hello, world, here I am!", ",", 3 ) // "Hello, world, here I am!" + ? TokenUpper( "Hello, world, here I am!", " w" ) // "Hello, wOrld, Here I Am!" $TESTS$ - tokenupper( "Hello, world, here I am!" ) == "Hello, World, Here I Am!" - tokenupper( "Hello, world, here I am!",, 3 ) == "Hello, World, Here I am!" - tokenupper( "Hello, world, here I am!", ",", 3 ) == "Hello, world, here I am!" - tokenupper( "Hello, world, here I am!", " w" ) == "Hello, wOrld, Here I Am!" + TokenUpper( "Hello, world, here I am!" ) == "Hello, World, Here I Am!" + TokenUpper( "Hello, world, here I am!",, 3 ) == "Hello, World, Here I am!" + TokenUpper( "Hello, world, here I am!", ",", 3 ) == "Hello, world, here I am!" + TokenUpper( "Hello, world, here I am!", " w" ) == "Hello, wOrld, Here I Am!" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENUPPER() is compatible with CT3's TOKENUPPER(), + TokenUpper() is compatible with CT3's TokenUpper(), but a new 4th parameter, has been added for synchronization with the the other token functions. $PLATFORMS$ @@ -287,47 +287,47 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKEN(),NUMTOKEN(),ATTOKEN(),TOKENLOWER(),TOKENSEP(),CSETREF() + Token(),NUMToken(),AtToken(),TokenLower(),TokenSep(),CSetRef() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENSEP() + TokenSep() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ - Retrieves the token separators of the last token() call + Retrieves the token separators of the last Token() call $SYNTAX$ - TOKENSEP( [] ) -> cSeparator + TokenSep( [] ) -> cSeparator $ARGUMENTS$ [] if set to .T., the token separator BEHIND the token - retrieved from the token() call will be returned. + retrieved from the Token() call will be returned. Default: .F., returns the separator BEFORE the token $RETURNS$ Depending on the setting of , the separating character of the - the token retrieved from the last token() call will be returned. - These separating characters can now also be retrieved with the token() + the token retrieved from the last Token() call will be returned. + These separating characters can now also be retrieved with the Token() function. $DESCRIPTION$ - When one does extract tokens from a string with the token() function, + When one does extract tokens from a string with the Token() function, one might be interested in the separator characters that have been used to extract a specific token. To get this information you can - either use the TOKENSEP() function after each token() call, or - use the new 5th and 6th parameter of the token() function. + either use the TokenSep() function after each Token() call, or + use the new 5th and 6th parameter of the Token() function. $EXAMPLES$ - see TOKEN() function + see Token() function $TESTS$ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENSEP() is compatible with CT3's TOKENSEP(). + TokenSep() is compatible with CT3's TokenSep(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKEN(),NUMTOKEN(),ATTOKEN(),TOKENLOWER(),TOKENUPPER() + Token(),NUMToken(),AtToken(),TokenLower(),TokenUpper() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token2.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token2.txt index 2274af7fe0..2be950dce6 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token2.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/token2.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENINIT() + TokenInit() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Initializes a token environment $SYNTAX$ - TOKENINIT( <[@]cString>], [], [], + TokenInit( <[@]cString>], [], [], [<@cTokenEnvironment>] ) -> lState $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> is the processed string @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ $RETURNS$ success of the initialization $DESCRIPTION$ - The TOKENINIT() function initializes a token environment. A token + The TokenInit() function initializes a token environment. A token environment is the information about how a string is to be tokenized. This information is created in the process of tokenization of the - string - equal to the one used in the TOKEN() function + string - equal to the one used in the Token() function with the help of the and parameters. This token environment can be very useful when large strings have to be tokenized since the tokenization has to take place only once - whereas the TOKEN() function must always start the tokenizing process + whereas the Token() function must always start the tokenizing process from scratch. Unlike CTIII, this function provides two mechanisms of storing the @@ -49,52 +49,52 @@ Additionally, a counter is stored in the token environment, so that the tokens can successivly be obtained. This counter is first set to 1. - When the TOKENINIT() function is called without a string a tokenize, + When the TokenInit() function is called without a string a tokenize, the counter of either the global environment or the environment given by reference in the 4th parameter is rewind to 1. - Additionally, unlike CTIII, tokeninit() does not need the string + Additionally, unlike CTIII, TokenInit() does not need the string to be passed by reference, since one must provide the - string in calls to TOKENNEXT() again. + string in calls to TokenNext() again. $EXAMPLES$ - tokeninit( cString ) // tokenize the string with default + TokenInit( cString ) // tokenize the string with default // rules and store the token environment globally // and eventually delete an old global TE - tokeninit( @cString ) // no difference in result, but eventually faster, + TokenInit( @cString ) // no difference in result, but eventually faster, // since the string must not be copied - tokeninit() // rewind counter of global TE to 1 - tokeninit( "1,2,3", "," , 1 ) // tokenize constant string, store in global TE - tokeninit( cString, , 1, @cTE1 ) // tokenize cString and store TE in + TokenInit() // rewind counter of global TE to 1 + TokenInit( "1,2,3", "," , 1 ) // tokenize constant string, store in global TE + TokenInit( cString, , 1, @cTE1 ) // tokenize cString and store TE in // cTE1 only without overriding global TE - tokeninit( cString, , 1, cTE1 ) // tokenize cString and store TE in + TokenInit( cString, , 1, cTE1 ) // tokenize cString and store TE in // GLOBAL TE since 4th parameter is // not given by reference !!! - tokeninit( ,,, @cTE1 ) // set counter in TE stored in cTE1 to 1 + TokenInit( ,,, @cTE1 ) // set counter in TE stored in cTE1 to 1 $TESTS$ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENINIT() is compatible with CTIII's TOKENINIT(), + TokenInit() is compatible with CTIII's TokenInit(), but there is an additional parameter featuring local token environments. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKEN(),TOKENEXIT(),TOKENNEXT(),TOKENNUM(),TOKENAT(),SAVETOKEN(),RESTTOKEN(),TOKENEND() + Token(),TokenExit(),TokenNext(),TokenNum(),TokenAt(),SAVEToken(),RESTToken(),TokenEnd() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENNEXT() + TokenNext() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Successivly obtains tokens from a string $SYNTAX$ - TOKENNEXT( <[@]cString>, [], + TokenNext( <[@]cString>, [], [<@cTokenEnvironment>] ) -> cToken $ARGUMENTS$ <[@]cString> the processed string @@ -103,37 +103,37 @@ $RETURNS$ a token from $DESCRIPTION$ - With TOKENNEXT(), the tokens determined with the TOKENINIT() functions - can be retrieved. To do this, TOKENNEXT() uses the information stored + With TokenNext(), the tokens determined with the TokenInit() functions + can be retrieved. To do this, TokenNext() uses the information stored in either the global token environment or the local one supplied by . Note that, is supplied, this 3rd parameter has always to be passed by reference. - If the 2nd parameter, is given, TOKENNEXT() simply returns + If the 2nd parameter, is given, TokenNext() simply returns the th token without manipulating the TE counter. Otherwise the token pointed to by the TE counter is returned and the counter - is incremented by one. Like this, a simple loop with TOKENEND() can + is incremented by one. Like this, a simple loop with TokenEnd() can be used to retrieve all tokens of a string successivly. - Note that does not have to be the same used in TOKENINIT(), + Note that does not have to be the same used in TokenInit(), so that one can do a "correlational tokenization", i.e. tokenize a string - as if it was another! E.G. using TOKENINIT() with the string - "AA,BBB" but calling TOKENNEXT() with "CCCEE" would + as if it was another! E.G. using TokenInit() with the string + "AA,BBB" but calling TokenNext() with "CCCEE" would give first "CC" and then "EE" (because "CCCEE" is not long enough). $EXAMPLES$ // default behavhiour - tokeninit( cString ) // initialize a TE - DO WHILE ! tokenend() - ? tokennext( cString ) // get all tokens successivly + TokenInit( cString ) // initialize a TE + DO WHILE ! TokenEnd() + ? TokenNext( cString ) // get all tokens successivly ENDDO - ? tokennext( cString, 3 ) // get the 3rd token, counter will remain the same - tokenexit() // free the memory used for the global TE + ? TokenNext( cString, 3 ) // get the 3rd token, counter will remain the same + TokenExit() // free the memory used for the global TE $TESTS$ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENNEXT() is compatible with CTIII's TOKENNEXT(), + TokenNext() is compatible with CTIII's TokenNext(), but there are two additional parameters featuring local token environments and optional access to tokens. $PLATFORMS$ @@ -141,143 +141,143 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKENINIT(),TOKENEXIT(),TOKENNUM(),TOKENAT(),SAVETOKEN(),RESTTOKEN(),TOKENEND() + TokenInit(),TokenExit(),TokenNum(),TokenAt(),SAVEToken(),RESTToken(),TokenEnd() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENNUM() + TokenNum() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Get the total number of tokens in a token environment $SYNTAX$ - TOKENNUM( [<@cTokenEnvironment>] ) -> nNumberofTokens + TokenNum( [<@cTokenEnvironment>] ) -> nNumberofTokens $ARGUMENTS$ <@cTokenEnvironment> a token environment $RETURNS$ number of tokens in the token environment $DESCRIPTION$ - The TOKENNUM() function can be used to retrieve the total number + The TokenNum() function can be used to retrieve the total number of tokens in a token environment. If the parameter <@cTokenEnvironment> is supplied (must be by reference), the information from this token environment is used, otherwise the global TE is used. $EXAMPLES$ - tokeninit( "a.b.c.d", ".", 1 ) // initialize global TE - ? tokennum() // --> 4 + TokenInit( "a.b.c.d", ".", 1 ) // initialize global TE + ? TokenNum() // --> 4 $TESTS$ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENNUM() is a new function in Harbour's CTIII library. + TokenNum() is a new function in Harbour's CTIII library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKENINIT(),TOKENEXIT(),TOKENNEXT(),TOKENAT(),SAVETOKEN(),RESTTOKEN(),TOKENEND() + TokenInit(),TokenExit(),TokenNext(),TokenAt(),SAVEToken(),RESTToken(),TokenEnd() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENEND() + TokenEnd() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ - Check whether additional tokens are available with TOKENNEXT() + Check whether additional tokens are available with TokenNext() $SYNTAX$ - TOKENEND( [<@cTokenEnvironment>] ) -> lTokenEnd + TokenEnd( [<@cTokenEnvironment>] ) -> lTokenEnd $ARGUMENTS$ <@cTokenEnvironment> a token environment $RETURNS$ .T., if additional tokens are available $DESCRIPTION$ - The TOKENEND() function can be used to check whether the next - call to TOKENNEXT() would return a new token. This can not be - decided with TOKENNEXT() alone, since an empty token cannot be + The TokenEnd() function can be used to check whether the next + call to TokenNext() would return a new token. This can not be + decided with TokenNext() alone, since an empty token cannot be distinguished from a "no more" tokens. If the parameter <@cTokenEnvironment> is supplied (must be by reference), the information from this token environment is used, otherwise the global TE is used. - With a combination of TOKENEND() and TOKENNEXT(), all tokens from a + With a combination of TokenEnd() and TokenNext(), all tokens from a string can be retrieved successivly (see example). $EXAMPLES$ - tokeninit( "a.b.c.d", ".", 1 ) // initialize global TE - DO WHILE ! tokenend() - ? tokennext( "a.b.c.d" ) // get all tokens successivly + TokenInit( "a.b.c.d", ".", 1 ) // initialize global TE + DO WHILE ! TokenEnd() + ? TokenNext( "a.b.c.d" ) // get all tokens successivly ENDDO $TESTS$ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENEND() is compatible with CTIII's TOKENEND(), + TokenEnd() is compatible with CTIII's TokenEnd(), but there are is an additional parameter featuring local token environments. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKENINIT(),TOKENEXIT(),TOKENNEXT(),TOKENNUM(),TOKENAT(),SAVETOKEN(),RESTTOKEN() + TokenInit(),TokenExit(),TokenNext(),TokenNum(),TokenAt(),SAVEToken(),RESTToken() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENEXIT() + TokenExit() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Release global token environment $SYNTAX$ - TOKENEXIT() -> lStaticEnvironmentReleased + TokenExit() -> lStaticEnvironmentReleased $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ .T., if global token environment is successfully released $DESCRIPTION$ - The TOKENEXIT() function releases the memory associated with the - global token environment. One should use it for every tokeninit() - using the global TE. Additionally, TOKENEXIT() is implicitly called - from CTEXIT() to free the memory at library shutdown. + The TokenExit() function releases the memory associated with the + global token environment. One should use it for every TokenInit() + using the global TE. Additionally, TokenExit() is implicitly called + from ctexit() to free the memory at library shutdown. $EXAMPLES$ - tokeninit( cString ) // initialize a TE - DO WHILE ! tokenend() - ? tokennext( cString ) // get all tokens successivly + TokenInit( cString ) // initialize a TE + DO WHILE ! TokenEnd() + ? TokenNext( cString ) // get all tokens successivly ENDDO - ? tokennext( cString, 3 ) // get the 3rd token, counter will remain the same - tokenexit() // free the memory used for the global TE + ? TokenNext( cString, 3 ) // get the 3rd token, counter will remain the same + TokenExit() // free the memory used for the global TE $TESTS$ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENEXIT() is a new function in Harbour's CTIII library. + TokenExit() is a new function in Harbour's CTIII library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKENINIT(),TOKENNEXT(),TOKENNUM(),TOKENAT(),SAVETOKEN(),RESTTOKEN(),TOKENEND() + TokenInit(),TokenNext(),TokenNum(),TokenAt(),SAVEToken(),RESTToken(),TokenEnd() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TOKENAT() + TokenAt() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Get start and end positions of tokens in a token environment $SYNTAX$ - TOKENAT( [], [], + TokenAt( [], [], [<@cTokenEnvironment>] ) -> nPosition $ARGUMENTS$ - .T., if TOKENAT() should return + .T., if TokenAt() should return the position of the separator character BEHIND the token. Default: .F., return start position of a token. @@ -286,14 +286,14 @@ $RETURNS$ $DESCRIPTION$ - The TOKENAT() function is used to retrieve the start and end position + The TokenAt() function is used to retrieve the start and end position of the tokens in a token environment. Note however that the position of last character of a token is given by tokenat (.T.)-1 !! - If the 2nd parameter, is given, TOKENAT() returns the + If the 2nd parameter, is given, TokenAt() returns the positions of the th token. Otherwise the token pointed to by the TE counter, i.e. the token that will - be retrieved by TOKENNEXT() _NEXT_ is used. + be retrieved by TokenNext() _NEXT_ is used. If the parameter <@cTokenEnvironment> is supplied (must be by reference), the information from this token environment is used, @@ -301,17 +301,17 @@ $EXAMPLES$ $TESTS$ - tokeninit( cString ) // initialize a TE - DO WHILE ! tokenend() - ? "From", tokenat(), "to", tokenat( .T. ) - 1 - ? tokennext( cString ) // get all tokens successivly + TokenInit( cString ) // initialize a TE + DO WHILE ! TokenEnd() + ? "From", TokenAt(), "to", TokenAt( .T. ) - 1 + ? TokenNext( cString ) // get all tokens successivly ENDDO - ? tokennext( cString, 3 ) // get the 3rd token, counter will remain the same - tokenexit() // free the memory used for the global TE + ? TokenNext( cString, 3 ) // get the 3rd token, counter will remain the same + TokenExit() // free the memory used for the global TE $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TOKENAT() is compatible with CTIII's TOKENAT(), + TokenAt() is compatible with CTIII's TokenAt(), but there are two additional parameters featuring local token environments and optional access to tokens. $PLATFORMS$ @@ -319,25 +319,25 @@ $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKENINIT(),TOKENEXIT(),TOKENNEXT(),TOKENNUM(),SAVETOKEN(),RESTTOKEN(),TOKENEND() + TokenInit(),TokenExit(),TokenNext(),TokenNum(),SAVEToken(),RESTToken(),TokenEnd() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SAVETOKEN() + SAVEToken() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Save the global token environment $SYNTAX$ - SAVETOKEN() -> cStaticTokenEnvironment + SAVEToken() -> cStaticTokenEnvironment $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ a binary string encoding the global TE $DESCRIPTION$ - The SAVETOKEN() function can be used to store the global TE for future + The SAVEToken() function can be used to store the global TE for future use or when two or more incremental tokenizers must the nested. Note however that the latter can now be solved with locally stored token environments. @@ -348,34 +348,34 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - SAVETOKEN() is compatible with CTIII's SAVETOKEN(), + SAVEToken() is compatible with CTIII's SAVEToken(), $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKENINIT(),TOKENEXIT(),TOKENNEXT(),TOKENNUM(),TOKENAT(),RESTTOKEN(),TOKENEND() + TokenInit(),TokenExit(),TokenNext(),TokenNum(),TokenAt(),RESTToken(),TokenEnd() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - RESTTOKEN() + RESTToken() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Restore global token environment $SYNTAX$ - RESTTOKEN( ) -> cOldStaticEnvironment + RESTToken( ) -> cOldStaticEnvironment $ARGUMENTS$ a binary string encoding a TE $RETURNS$ a string encoding the old global TE $DESCRIPTION$ - The RESTTOKEN() function restores the global TE to the one encoded + The RESTToken() function restores the global TE to the one encoded in . This can either be the return value - of SAVETOKEN() or the value stored in the 4th parameter in a - TOKENINIT() call. + of SAVEToken() or the value stored in the 4th parameter in a + TokenInit() call. $EXAMPLES$ $TESTS$ @@ -383,12 +383,12 @@ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - RESTTOKEN() is compatible with CTIII's RESTTOKEN(), + RESTToken() is compatible with CTIII's RESTToken(), $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - TOKENINIT(),TOKENEXIT(),TOKENNEXT(),TOKENNUM(),TOKENAT(),SAVETOKEN(),TOKENEND() + TokenInit(),TokenExit(),TokenNext(),TokenNum(),TokenAt(),SAVEToken(),TokenEnd() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/trig.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/trig.txt index 09be4b3337..1d3236455f 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/trig.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/trig.txt @@ -4,44 +4,44 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - PI() + Pi() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Returns Pi, the perimeter-to-diameter-ratio of a circle $SYNTAX$ - PI() -> nPi + Pi() -> nPi $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ the math constant Pi with maximum precision available $DESCRIPTION$ - The function PI() can be used if the constant Pi is needed + The function Pi() can be used if the constant Pi is needed with maximum precision. One of the most known interpretations of this number is the constant perimeter-to-diameter-ratio of circles. $EXAMPLES$ // the diameter of a circle-like swimming pool is 3.4 meters, how // long is the perimeter ? - ? Str( PI() * 3.4, 5, 3 ) + " meters" // --> 10.681 meters + ? Str( Pi() * 3.4, 5, 3 ) + " meters" // --> 10.681 meters $TESTS$ $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - PI() is compatible with CT3's PI(). + Pi() is compatible with CT3's Pi(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SIN() + Sin() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ @@ -53,496 +53,496 @@ $RETURNS$ the sine of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function SIN() calculates the sine of an angle whose size is - given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DTOR() for angle size + The function Sin() calculates the sine of an angle whose size is + given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DToR() for angle size given in degress). - A common geometric interpretation of the SIN() function is the + A common geometric interpretation of the Sin() function is the counterkathede-hypotenuse-ratio of a right-angled triangle. $EXAMPLES$ - ? sin( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 - ? sin( 1.0 ) // --> 0.8414... + ? Sin( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 + ? Sin( 1.0 ) // --> 0.8414... $TESTS$ - sin( 0.0 ) == 0.0 - sin( PI() / 4 ) == Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) - sin( PI() / 2 ) == 1.0 - sin( PI() ) == 0.0 + Sin( 0.0 ) == 0.0 + Sin( Pi() / 4 ) == Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) + Sin( Pi() / 2 ) == 1.0 + Sin( Pi() ) == 0.0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - SIN() is compatible with CT3's SIN(). + Sin() is compatible with CT3's Sin(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - COS() + Cos() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Cosine of the argument $SYNTAX$ - COS( nRadiant ) -> nCosine + Cos( nRadiant ) -> nCosine $ARGUMENTS$ an angle size given in radiants $RETURNS$ the cosine of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function COS() calculates the cosine of an angle whose size is - given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DTOR() for angle size + The function Cos() calculates the cosine of an angle whose size is + given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DToR() for angle size given in degress). - A common geometric interpretation of the COS() function is the + A common geometric interpretation of the Cos() function is the ankathede-hypotenuse-ratio of a right-angled triangle. $EXAMPLES$ - ? cos( 0.0 ) // --> 1.0 - ? cos( 1.0 ) // --> 0.5403... + ? Cos( 0.0 ) // --> 1.0 + ? Cos( 1.0 ) // --> 0.5403... $TESTS$ - cos( 0.0 ) == 1.0 - cos( PI() / 4 ) == Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) - cos( PI() / 2 ) == 0.0 - cos( PI() ) == -1.0 + Cos( 0.0 ) == 1.0 + Cos( Pi() / 4 ) == Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) + Cos( Pi() / 2 ) == 0.0 + Cos( Pi() ) == -1.0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - COS() is compatible with CT3's COS(). + Cos() is compatible with CT3's Cos(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TAN() + Tan() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Tangent of the argument $SYNTAX$ - TAN( nRadiant ) -> nTangent + Tan( nRadiant ) -> nTangent $ARGUMENTS$ an angle size given in radiants $RETURNS$ the tangent of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function TAN() calculates the tangent of an angle whose size is - given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DTOR() for angle size + The function Tan() calculates the tangent of an angle whose size is + given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DToR() for angle size given in degress). - A common geometric interpretation of the TAN() function is the + A common geometric interpretation of the Tan() function is the counterkathede-ankathede-ratio of a right-angled triangle, or, - tan(x) = sin(x)/cos(x). + Tan(x) = Sin(x)/Cos(x). $EXAMPLES$ - ? tan( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 - ? tan( 1.0 ) // --> 1.5574... + ? Tan( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 + ? Tan( 1.0 ) // --> 1.5574... $TESTS$ - tan( 0.0 ) == 0.0 - tan( PI() / 4 ) == 1 - tan( PI() ) == 0.0 + Tan( 0.0 ) == 0.0 + Tan( Pi() / 4 ) == 1 + Tan( Pi() ) == 0.0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TAN() is compatible with CT3's TAN(). + Tan() is compatible with CT3's Tan(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - COT() + Cot() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Cotangent of the argument $SYNTAX$ - COT( nRadiant ) -> nCotangent + Cot( nRadiant ) -> nCotangent $ARGUMENTS$ an angle size given in radiants $RETURNS$ the cotangent of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function COT() calculates the cotangent of an angle whose size is - given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DTOR() for angle size + The function Cot() calculates the cotangent of an angle whose size is + given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DToR() for angle size given in degress). - A common geometric interpretation of the COT() function is the + A common geometric interpretation of the Cot() function is the ankathede-counterkathede-ratio of a right-angled triangle, or, - cot(x) = cos(x)/sin(x)=1/tan(x). + Cot(x) = Cos(x)/Sin(x)=1/Tan(x). $EXAMPLES$ - ? cot( 1.0 ) // --> 0.6420... + ? Cot( 1.0 ) // --> 0.6420... $TESTS$ - cot( PI() / 4 ) == 1 - cot( PI() / 2 ) == 0 + Cot( Pi() / 4 ) == 1 + Cot( Pi() / 2 ) == 0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - COT() is compatible with CT3's COT(). + Cot() is compatible with CT3's Cot(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ASIN() + ASin() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Arcus sine of the argument $SYNTAX$ - ASIN( nSine ) -> nRadiant + ASin( nSine ) -> nRadiant $ARGUMENTS$ the sine of an angle $RETURNS$ the angle whose sine is $DESCRIPTION$ - The function ASIN() is the inverse function of SIN(). It takes a + The function ASin() is the inverse function of Sin(). It takes a sine value and returns the smallest(!) angle whose sine equals to the argument. The return value is given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - - see DTOR() if you need to convert it into degress). + see DToR() if you need to convert it into degress). Note, that must be between -1 and 1 and that - is always between -PI()/2 and PI()/2. + is always between -Pi()/2 and Pi()/2. $EXAMPLES$ - ? asin( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 - ? asin( 0.5 ) // --> 0.5235... + ? aSin( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 + ? aSin( 0.5 ) // --> 0.5235... $TESTS$ - asin( 0.0 ) == 0.0 - asin( Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) == PI() / 4 - asin( 1.0 ) == PI() / 2 - asin( 0.0 ) == 0.0 // and not PI(), since the smallest angle is returned ! + aSin( 0.0 ) == 0.0 + aSin( Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) == Pi() / 4 + aSin( 1.0 ) == Pi() / 2 + aSin( 0.0 ) == 0.0 // and not Pi(), since the smallest angle is returned ! $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ASIN() is compatible with CT3's ASIN(). + ASin() is compatible with CT3's ASin(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ACOS() + ACos() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Arcus cosine of the argument $SYNTAX$ - ACOS( nCosine ) -> nRadiant + ACos( nCosine ) -> nRadiant $ARGUMENTS$ the cosine of an angle $RETURNS$ the angle whose cosine is $DESCRIPTION$ - The function ACOS() is the inverse function of COS(). It takes a + The function ACos() is the inverse function of Cos(). It takes a cosine value and returns the smallest(!) angle whose cosine equals to the argument. The return value is given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - - see DTOR() if you need to convert it into degress). + see DToR() if you need to convert it into degress). Note, that must be between -1 and 1 and that - is always between 0 and PI(). + is always between 0 and Pi(). $EXAMPLES$ - ? acos( 0.0 ) // --> PI() / 2 - ? acos( 0.5 ) // --> 1.04719... + ? aCos( 0.0 ) // --> Pi() / 2 + ? aCos( 0.5 ) // --> 1.04719... $TESTS$ - acos( 0.0 ) == PI() / 2 - acos( Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) == PI() / 4 - acos( 1.0 ) == 0.0 - acos( -1.0 ) == PI() - acos( 0.0 ) == PI() / 2 // and not -PI()/2, although cos (-PI()/2) == 0.0 ! + aCos( 0.0 ) == Pi() / 2 + aCos( Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) == Pi() / 4 + aCos( 1.0 ) == 0.0 + aCos( -1.0 ) == Pi() + aCos( 0.0 ) == Pi() / 2 // and not -Pi()/2, although cos (-Pi()/2) == 0.0 ! $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ACOS() is compatible with CT3's ACOS(). + ACos() is compatible with CT3's ACos(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ATAN() + ATan() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Arcus tangent of the argument $SYNTAX$ - ACOS( nTangent ) -> nRadiant + ACos( nTangent ) -> nRadiant $ARGUMENTS$ the tangent of an angle $RETURNS$ the angle whose tangent is $DESCRIPTION$ - The function ATAN() is the inverse function of TAN(). It takes a + The function ATan() is the inverse function of Tan(). It takes a tangent value and returns the smallest(!) angle whose tangent equals to the argument. - The return value is given in radiants between -PI()/2 and PI()/2 - (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DTOR() if you need to convert it into degress). + The return value is given in radiants between -Pi()/2 and Pi()/2 + (full angle equals 2*Pi - see DToR() if you need to convert it into degress). $EXAMPLES$ - ? atan( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 - ? atan( 0.5 ) // --> 0.4636... + ? aTan( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 + ? aTan( 0.5 ) // --> 0.4636... $TESTS$ - atan( 0.0 ) == 0.0 - atan( 1.0 ) == PI() / 4 - atan( 0.0 ) == 0.0 // and not PI(), although tan( PI() ) == 0.0 ! + aTan( 0.0 ) == 0.0 + aTan( 1.0 ) == Pi() / 4 + aTan( 0.0 ) == 0.0 // and not Pi(), although Tan( Pi() ) == 0.0 ! $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ATAN() is compatible with CT3's ATAN(). + ATan() is compatible with CT3's ATan(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ATN2() + Atn2() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Arcus tangent a sine and a cosine argument $SYNTAX$ - ATN2( nSine, nCosine ) -> nRadiant + Atn2( nSine, nCosine ) -> nRadiant $ARGUMENTS$ the sine of an angle the cosine of an angle $RETURNS$ the angle whose tangent is / $DESCRIPTION$ - The function ATN2() is an alternate function for calculating - the arcus tangent, atn2(x,y) = atan(x/y). + The function Atn2() is an alternate function for calculating + the arcus tangent, Atn2(x,y) = aTan(x/y). It takes two arguments, the sine and the cosine - of the angle that should be calculated. Thus, in contrast to the ATAN() - function, ATN2() can distinguish whether the sine or the cosine has + of the angle that should be calculated. Thus, in contrast to the ATan() + function, Atn2() can distinguish whether the sine or the cosine has a negative sign (or both being positive or negative), so that - the return value can be between -PI() and PI() and covers the full + the return value can be between -Pi() and Pi() and covers the full angle. The return value is given in radiants (full angle equals 2*Pi - - see DTOR() if you need to convert it into degress). + see DToR() if you need to convert it into degress). $EXAMPLES$ - ? atn2( 0.0, 1.0 ) // --> 0.0 - ? atn2( Sqrt( 1 / 2 ), Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) // --> PI() / 4 + ? Atn2( 0.0, 1.0 ) // --> 0.0 + ? Atn2( Sqrt( 1 / 2 ), Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) // --> Pi() / 4 $TESTS$ - atn2( 0.0, 1.0 ) == 0.0 - atn2( Sqrt( 1 / 2 ), Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) == PI() / 4 - atn2( -Sqrt( 1 / 2 ), -Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) == -3 / 4 * PI() // atan() would return PI() / 4 ! + Atn2( 0.0, 1.0 ) == 0.0 + Atn2( Sqrt( 1 / 2 ), Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) == Pi() / 4 + Atn2( -Sqrt( 1 / 2 ), -Sqrt( 1 / 2 ) ) == -3 / 4 * Pi() // aTan() would return Pi() / 4 ! $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - ATN2() is compatible with CT3's ATN2(). + Atn2() is compatible with CT3's Atn2(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SINH() + Sinh() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Hyperbolic Sine of the argument $SYNTAX$ - SINH( nArea ) -> nHyperbolicSine + Sinh( nArea ) -> nHyperbolicSine $ARGUMENTS$ the size of the area (see below) $RETURNS$ the hyperbolic sine of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function SINH() calculates the hyperbolic sine of the argument. - In analytical mathematics it is defined as 1/2*(exp(nArea)-exp(-nArea)). - A common geometric interpretation of the SINH() function is the + The function Sinh() calculates the hyperbolic sine of the argument. + In analytical mathematics it is defined as 1/2*(Exp(nArea)-Exp(-nArea)). + A common geometric interpretation of the Sinh() function is the maximum y value of the points in the area with the given size , that is bound by the x axis, a straight line through the point of origin (this one is fixed by the area) and the hyperbola x^2-y^2=1. $EXAMPLES$ - ? sinh( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 - ? sinh( 1.0 ) // --> 1.1752... + ? Sinh( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 + ? Sinh( 1.0 ) // --> 1.1752... $TESTS$ - sinh( 0.0 ) == 0.0 - sinh( -0.5 ) == -sinh( 0.5 ) + Sinh( 0.0 ) == 0.0 + Sinh( -0.5 ) == -Sinh( 0.5 ) $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - SINH() is new in Harbours CT3's library. + Sinh() is new in Harbours CT3's library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - COSH() + Cosh() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Hyperbolic Cosine of the argument $SYNTAX$ - COSH( nArea ) -> nHyperbolicCosine + Cosh( nArea ) -> nHyperbolicCosine $ARGUMENTS$ the size of the area (see below) $RETURNS$ the hyperbolic cosine of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function COSH() calculates the hyperbolic cosine of the argument. - In analytical mathematics it is defined as 1/2*(exp(nArea)+exp(-nArea)). - A common geometric interpretation of the COSH() function is the + The function Cosh() calculates the hyperbolic cosine of the argument. + In analytical mathematics it is defined as 1/2*(Exp(nArea)+Exp(-nArea)). + A common geometric interpretation of the Cosh() function is the maximum x value of the points in the area with the given size , that is bound by the x axis, a straight line through the point of origin (this one is fixed by the area) and the hyperbola x^2-y^2=1. $EXAMPLES$ - ? cosh( 0.0 ) // --> 1.0 - ? cosh( 1.0 ) // --> 1.5430... + ? Cosh( 0.0 ) // --> 1.0 + ? Cosh( 1.0 ) // --> 1.5430... $TESTS$ - cosh( 0.0 ) == 1.0 - cosh( -0.5 ) == cosh( 0.5 ) + Cosh( 0.0 ) == 1.0 + Cosh( -0.5 ) == Cosh( 0.5 ) $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - COSH() is new in Harbours CT3's library. + Cosh() is new in Harbours CT3's library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),TANH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Tanh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - TANH() + Tanh() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Hyperbolic Tangent of the argument $SYNTAX$ - TANH( nArea ) -> nHyperbolicTangent + Tanh( nArea ) -> nHyperbolicTangent $ARGUMENTS$ the size of the area (see below) $RETURNS$ the hyperbolic tangent of $DESCRIPTION$ - The function TANH() calculates the hyperbolic tangent of the argument. - In analytical mathematics it is defined as SINH(x)/COSH(x). + The function Tanh() calculates the hyperbolic tangent of the argument. + In analytical mathematics it is defined as Sinh(x)/Cosh(x). $EXAMPLES$ - ? tanh( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 - ? tanh( 1.0 ) // --> 0.7615... + ? Tanh( 0.0 ) // --> 0.0 + ? Tanh( 1.0 ) // --> 0.7615... $TESTS$ - tanh( 0.0 ) == 0.0 - tanh( -0.5 ) == -tanh( 0.5 ) + Tanh( 0.0 ) == 0.0 + Tanh( -0.5 ) == -Tanh( 0.5 ) $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - TANH() is new in Harbours CT3's library. + Tanh() is new in Harbours CT3's library. $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),RTOD(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),RToD(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - RTOD() + RToD() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Convert radiant to degree $SYNTAX$ - RTOD( nRadiant ) -> nDegree + RToD( nRadiant ) -> nDegree $ARGUMENTS$ the size of an angle in radiant $RETURNS$ the size of that angle in degree $DESCRIPTION$ - The function RTOD() can be used to convert sizes of angles given + The function RToD() can be used to convert sizes of angles given in radiant (like those returned by the asin, acos or atan function) to degrees that are commonly used geometry and technics. $EXAMPLES$ - ? rtod( PI() ) // --> 180 - ? tanh( PI() / 3 ) // --> 60 + ? RToD( Pi() ) // --> 180 + ? Tanh( Pi() / 3 ) // --> 60 $TESTS$ - rtod( 0.0 ) == 0.0 - rtod( PI() ) == 180.0 + RToD( 0.0 ) == 0.0 + RToD( Pi() ) == 180.0 $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - RTOD() is compatible with CT3's RTOD(). + RToD() is compatible with CT3's RToD(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),DTOR(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),DToR(),Pi() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DTOR() + DToR() $CATEGORY$ CT3 math functions $ONELINER$ Convert degree to radiant $SYNTAX$ - DTOR( nDegree ) -> nRadiant + DToR( nDegree ) -> nRadiant $ARGUMENTS$ the size of that angle in degree $RETURNS$ the size of an angle in radiant $DESCRIPTION$ - The function DTOR() can be used to convert sizes of angles given + The function DToR() can be used to convert sizes of angles given in degrees to radiant (as expected by sin, cos or tan functions). $EXAMPLES$ - ? dtor( 180 ) // --> PI() - ? dtor( 60 ) // --> PI() / 3 + ? DToR( 180 ) // --> Pi() + ? DToR( 60 ) // --> Pi() / 3 $TESTS$ - dtor( 0.0 ) == 0.0 - dtor( 180.0 ) == PI() + DToR( 0.0 ) == 0.0 + DToR( 180.0 ) == Pi() $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - DTOR() is compatible with CT3's DTOR(). + DToR() is compatible with CT3's DToR(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - SIN(),COS(),TAN(),COT(),ASIN(),ACOS(),ATAN(),ATN2(),SINH(),COSH(),TANH(),RTOD(),PI() + Sin(),Cos(),Tan(),Cot(),ASin(),ACos(),ATan(),Atn2(),Sinh(),Cosh(),Tanh(),RToD(),Pi() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/video.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/video.txt index eb17587897..01a7912ba4 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/video.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/video.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - CHARPIX() + CharPix() $CATEGORY$ HBCT video functions $ONELINER$ Gets the number of scan lines per character. $SYNTAX$ - CHARPIX() --> nHeight + CharPix() --> nHeight $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - VGAPALETTE() + VGAPalette() $CATEGORY$ HBCT video functions $ONELINER$ Changes VGA palette colors $SYNTAX$ - VGAPALETTE( [, [, , + VGAPalette( [, [, , lValid $ARGUMENTS$ - the color to change in CA-Cl*pper color notation or @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - VIDEOTYPE() + VideoType() $CATEGORY$ HBCT video functions $ONELINER$ Detects supported video adapter modes $SYNTAX$ - VIDEOTYPE() --> nMask + VideoType() --> nMask $ARGUMENTS$ $RETURNS$ @@ -108,15 +108,15 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - SETFONT() + SetFont() $CATEGORY$ HBCT video functions $ONELINER$ Loads font from a string. $SYNTAX$ - SETFONT( , [], [], [] ) --> nError + SetFont( , [], [], [] ) --> nError or: - SETFONT( , [], [] ) --> nError + SetFont( , [], [] ) --> nError $ARGUMENTS$ Binary string containing a valid font definition. Number of a font area where the font must be loaded. diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordrepl.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordrepl.txt index ac57586a9e..bfb084acb7 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordrepl.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordrepl.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WORDREPL() + WordRepl() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Replacement of double characters $SYNTAX$ - WORDREPL( , <[@]cString>, + WordRepl( , <[@]cString>, , [] ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ is a string of double characters @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ $RETURNS$ cString the processed string $DESCRIPTION$ - The WORDREPL() takes the double characters of + The WordRepl() takes the double characters of one after the other and searches for them in . For set to .F., this search is successful, if the double character sequence in starts at an odd position or at any @@ -35,33 +35,33 @@ the "rest" of . Note that the last double character sequence in "AABBC" is "BB" in this context !! After the replacement the function restarts the search in - BEHIND the replacement if the CSETATMUPA() switch is turned off, or + BEHIND the replacement if the CSetAtMupa() switch is turned off, or BEHIND the first character of the replacement if the switch is turned on. (see examples for this !) - One can omit the return value of this function by setting the CSETREF() + One can omit the return value of this function by setting the CSetRef() to .T., but one must then pass by reference to get a result. $EXAMPLES$ - ? wordrepl( "CC", "AABBCCDDEE", "XX" ) // "AABBXXDDEE" - ? wordrepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba" ) // "1abaa" - ? wordrepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba", .T. ) // "1baba" - csetatmupa( .T. ) - ? wordrepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba" ) // "1abaa" - ? wordrepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba", .T. ) // "1bbba" + ? WordRepl( "CC", "AABBCCDDEE", "XX" ) // "AABBXXDDEE" + ? WordRepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba" ) // "1abaa" + ? WordRepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba", .T. ) // "1baba" + CSetAtMupa( .T. ) + ? WordRepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba" ) // "1abaa" + ? WordRepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba", .T. ) // "1bbba" $TESTS$ - wordrepl( "CC", "AABBCCDDEE", "XX" ) == "AABBXXDDEE" - wordrepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba" ) == "1abaa" - wordrepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba", .T. ) == "1baba" - Eval( {|| csetatmupa( .T. ), wordrepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba" ) } ) == "1abaa" - Eval( {|| csetatmupa( .T. ), wordrepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba", .T. ) } ) == "1bbba" + WordRepl( "CC", "AABBCCDDEE", "XX" ) == "AABBXXDDEE" + WordRepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba" ) == "1abaa" + WordRepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba", .T. ) == "1baba" + Eval( {|| CSetAtMupa( .T. ), WordRepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba" ) } ) == "1abaa" + Eval( {|| CSetAtMupa( .T. ), WordRepl( "aa", "1aaaa", "ba", .T. ) } ) == "1bbba" $STATUS$ Ready $COMPLIANCE$ - WORDREPL() is compatible with CT3's WORDREPL(). + WordRepl() is compatible with CT3's WordRepl(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CHARREPL(),RANGEREPL(),POSREPL(),CSETREF(),CSETATMUPA() + CharRepl(),RangeRepl(),PosRepl(),CSetRef(),CSetAtMupa() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordtoch.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordtoch.txt index a27d9127ca..a1ffad7fbc 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordtoch.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/doc/en/wordtoch.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WORDTOCHAR() + WordToChar() $CATEGORY$ CT3 string functions $ONELINER$ Replace double with single characters $SYNTAX$ - WORDTOCHAR( , , + WordToChar( , , ) -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ $STATUS$ Started $COMPLIANCE$ - WORDTOCHAR() is compatible with CT3's WORDTOCHAR(). + WordToChar() is compatible with CT3's WordToChar(). $PLATFORMS$ All $FILES$ Library is libct. $SEEALSO$ - CSETATMUPA(),CHARREPL(),WORDREPL() + CSetAtMupa(),CharRepl(),WordRepl() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charand.prg b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charand.prg index 69e10d5227..5f05b0488a 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charand.prg +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charand.prg @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ /* * Harbour Project source code: - * Test CT3 function ChaRand() + * Test CT3 function CharAnd() * * Copyright 2001 IntTec GmbH, Neunlindenstr 32, 79106 Freiburg, Germany * Author: Martin Vogel @@ -56,16 +56,16 @@ PROCEDURE Main() ctinit() - ? "Begin test of ChaRand()" + ? "Begin test of CharAnd()" ? // simple tests ? "Simple tests:" - ? ' ChaRand("012345678", Chr(254)) == "002244668" ? --> "' + ChaRand( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) ) + '"' - ? ' ChaRand("012345678", Chr(254)+Chr(252)) == "002044648" ? --> "' + ChaRand( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) + Chr( 252 ) ) + '"' + ? ' CharAnd("012345678", Chr(254)) == "002244668" ? --> "' + CharAnd( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) ) + '"' + ? ' CharAnd("012345678", Chr(254)+Chr(252)) == "002044648" ? --> "' + CharAnd( "012345678", Chr( 254 ) + Chr( 252 ) ) + '"' - ? "End test of ChaRand()" + ? "End test of CharAnd()" ? ctexit() diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charhist.prg b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charhist.prg index adbec21c7c..b871be6e0f 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charhist.prg +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/charhist.prg @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ PROCEDURE Main() // simple tests ? "Simple tests:" ? ' CharHist("Hello World !")' + "'109' == 3 ? --> ", CharHist( "Hello World !" )' 109 ' - ? ' aeval(CharHist("Hello World !"), {| x | nTotal += x } ) ' + ? ' AEval(CharHist("Hello World !"), {| x | nTotal += x } ) ' AEval( CharHist( "Hello World !" ), {| x | nTotal += x } ) - ? ' ==> nTotal == len("Hello World !") ? --> ', nTotal == Len( "Hello World !" ) + ? ' ==> nTotal == Len("Hello World !") ? --> ', nTotal == Len( "Hello World !" ) ? "End test of CharHist()" ? diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/csetarge.prg b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/csetarge.prg index bbe4b816ea..e2326ff304 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/csetarge.prg +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/csetarge.prg @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ FUNCTION myerrhandler( oerr ) ? " err:severity.....:", oerr:severity ? " err:subSystem....:", oerr:subSystem ? " err:operation....:", oerr:operation - ? " len(err:args)....:", Len( oerr:args ) + ? " Len(err:args)....:", Len( oerr:args ) FOR ni := 1 TO Len( oerr:args ) ? " err:args[" + hb_ntos( ni ) + "]..:", oerr:args[ ni ] NEXT diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/datetime.prg b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/datetime.prg index 9686810c03..1f04ebb486 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/datetime.prg +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/datetime.prg @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ PROCEDURE Main( cLang ) "NToCDoW( nDay ) Returns name of day ", ; "NToCMonth( nMth ) Returns name of month ", ; "Quarter(date) Returns qtr number of date", ; - "stod( ansi date) Returns Clipper date ", ; + "SToD( ansi date) Returns Clipper date ", ; "Week( dDate, lSWN ) Returns numbef of week ", } SET DATE ANSI @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ FUNCTION lastdayomtest() @ 5, 10 SAY "LastDayOM(xDate) returns the number of days in the" @ 6, 10 SAY "month appearing in date. Or, if only a month number" @ 7, 10 SAY "is passed, in that month. Test it. " - @ 9, 10 SAY "Insert a date(or)" + @ 9, 10 SAY "Insert a Date(or)" @ 10, 10 SAY "a month" @ 9, 30 GET dDate @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ FUNCTION qtrtest() FUNCTION stodtest() // - // stod( ansi-date) + // SToD( ansi-date) // ================ // Returns a Clipper format date. If Ansi date is invalid, a // null date is returned. @@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ FUNCTION stodtest() LOCAL nKey DO WHILE c - @ 5, 10 SAY "stod( ansi-date ) receives an ANSI date string and" + @ 5, 10 SAY "SToD( ansi-date ) receives an ANSI date string and" @ 6, 10 SAY "returns a Clipper format date" @ 8, 10 SAY "Enter an ANSI date string in the form YYYYMMDD" @ 8, 57 GET cAnsidate PICTURE "999999999" VALID chkansi( cAnsidate ) @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ FUNCTION weektest() // nWeek := Week( dDate, lSWN ) // ============================= // Returns the calendar week as a number. If no date is specified, - // the system date is used. An empty date viz stod() + // the system date is used. An empty date viz SToD() // returns 0. LOCAL getlist := {} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/expomant.prg b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/expomant.prg index 9245312725..bb857fce1e 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/expomant.prg +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/expomant.prg @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ PROCEDURE Main() ? Str( Sqrt( n ), 20, 15 ) + ": " + Str( Mantissa( Sqrt( n ) ), 20, 15 ) + " " + Str( Exponent( Sqrt( n ) ), 4 ) NEXT - // The call to str( Infinity(.T.) ), generate a GPF. + // The call to Str( Infinity(.T.) ), generate a GPF. // ?? Str( Infinity( .T. ) ) + Str( Mantissa( Infinity( .T. ) ) ) + Str( Exponent( Infinity( .T. ) ) ) // ?? Str( Infinity( .T. ) ) diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/tab.prg b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/tab.prg index 4b87769849..573910606e 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/tab.prg +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/tab.prg @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ PROCEDURE Main() #if 0 ? "Test with a MEMOEDITed string:" - ? " Now, a memoedit() will start. Please type a text, use tab characters" + ? " Now, a MemoEdit() will start. Please type a text, use tab characters" ? " and make sure, you make use of soft and hard returns !" ? " ...press any key to start the memoedit now..." ? diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/trig.prg b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/trig.prg index 853f9ff69c..9711345dbe 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/trig.prg +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbct/tests/trig.prg @@ -73,41 +73,41 @@ PROCEDURE Main() ? ? "PI = " + Str( Pi(), 18, 15 ) - ? "STR( Sin( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.707106781186548 // CT3" + ? "Str( Sin( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.707106781186548 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Sin( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Sin( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3" + ? "Str( Sin( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Sin( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Sin( Pi() * 99.5 ), 18, 15 ) = -1.000000000000000 // CT3" + ? "Str( Sin( Pi() * 99.5 ), 18, 15 ) = -1.000000000000000 // CT3" ? Space( 36 ) + Str( Sin( Pi() * 99.5 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Sin( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.342020143325669 // CT3" + ? "Str( Sin( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.342020143325669 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Sin( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" WAIT4() - ? "STR( Cos( 0 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cos( 0 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3" ? Space( 26 ) + Str( Cos( 0 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Cos( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.707106781186548 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cos( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.707106781186548 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Cos( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Cos( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.000000000000000 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cos( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.000000000000000 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Cos( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Cos( Pi() * 99.5 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.000000000000000 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cos( Pi() * 99.5 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.000000000000000 // CT3" ? Space( 35 ) + Str( Cos( Pi() * 99.5 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Cos( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.939692620785908 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cos( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.939692620785908 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Cos( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? @@ -115,44 +115,44 @@ PROCEDURE Main() WAIT4() - ? "STR( Tan( 0 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3 wrong ! " + ? "Str( Tan( 0 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3 wrong ! " ? Space( 26 ) + Str( Tan( 0 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Tan( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3" + ? "Str( Tan( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Tan( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Tan( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.363970234266202 // CT3" + ? "Str( Tan( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.363970234266202 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Tan( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? ? ? - ? "STR( ASin( 0.5 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.523598775598299 // CT3" - ? Space( 29 ) + Str( ASin( 0.5 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" + ? "Str( Asin( 0.5 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.523598775598299 // CT3" + ? Space( 29 ) + Str( Asin( 0.5 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( ACos( 0.7 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.795398830184144 // CT3" + ? "Str( ACos( 0.7 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.795398830184144 // CT3" ? Space( 29 ) + Str( ACos( 0.7 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( ATan( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.665773750028354 // CT3" - ? Space( 34 ) + Str( ATan( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" + ? "Str( Atan( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.665773750028354 // CT3" + ? Space( 34 ) + Str( Atan( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? WAIT4() - ? "STR( Cot( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cot( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.000000000000000 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Cot( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Cot( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.000000000000000 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cot( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.000000000000000 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Cot( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Cot( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) = 2.747477419454622 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cot( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) = 2.747477419454622 // CT3" ? Space( 33 ) + Str( Cot( Pi() / 9 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? @@ -160,30 +160,30 @@ PROCEDURE Main() ?? "Testing Hiperbolic Sine..." ? - ? "STR( Sinh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 2.301298902307295 // CT3" + ? "Str( Sinh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 2.301298902307295 // CT3" ? Space( 34 ) + Str( Sinh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Sinh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.868670961486010 // CT3" + ? "Str( Sinh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.868670961486010 // CT3" ? Space( 34 ) + Str( Sinh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? ? "Testing Hiperbolic Cosine..." ? - ? "STR( Cosh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 2.509178478658057 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cosh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 2.509178478658057 // CT3" ? Space( 34 ) + Str( Cosh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Cosh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.324609089252006 // CT3" + ? "Str( Cosh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 1.324609089252006 // CT3" ? Space( 34 ) + Str( Cosh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? ? "Testing Hiperbolic Tangent..." ? - ? "STR( Tanh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.917152335667274 // CT3" + ? "Str( Tanh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.917152335667274 // CT3" ? Space( 34 ) + Str( Tanh( Pi() / 2 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? - ? "STR( Tanh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.655794202632672 // CT3" + ? "Str( Tanh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) = 0.655794202632672 // CT3" ? Space( 34 ) + Str( Tanh( Pi() / 4 ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? @@ -191,23 +191,23 @@ PROCEDURE Main() ? "Testing Degree TO Radian..." ? - ? "STR( DToR( 360 ), 18, 15 ) = 6.283185307179588 // CT3" + ? "Str( DToR( 360 ), 18, 15 ) = 6.283185307179588 // CT3" ? Space( 28 ) + Str( DToR( 360 ), 18, 15 ), " <-- CT for Harbour " ? - ? "STR( DToR( 180 ), 18, 15 ) = 3.141592653589794 // CT3" + ? "Str( DToR( 180 ), 18, 15 ) = 3.141592653589794 // CT3" ? Space( 28 ) + Str( DToR( 180 ), 18, 15 ), " <-- CT for Harbour " ? - ? "STR( DToR( 180.5 ), 18, 15 ) = 3.150319299849766 // CT3" + ? "Str( DToR( 180.5 ), 18, 15 ) = 3.150319299849766 // CT3" ? Space( 30 ) + Str( DToR( 180.5 ), 18, 15 ), " <-- CT for Harbour " ? - ? "STR( DToR( 720 ), 18, 15 ) = 12.566370614359180 // CT3" + ? "Str( DToR( 720 ), 18, 15 ) = 12.566370614359180 // CT3" ? Space( 29 ) + Str( DToR( 720 ), 18, 15 ), " <-- CT for Harbour " ? - ? "STR( DToR( -180 ), 18, 15 ) = -3.141592653589794 // CT3" + ? "Str( DToR( -180 ), 18, 15 ) = -3.141592653589794 // CT3" ? Space( 30 ) + Str( DToR( -180 ), 18, 15 ), " <-- CT for Harbour " WAIT4() @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ PROCEDURE Main() ? "x = Sin( DToR( 30 ) ) =", x ? "y = Cos( DToR( 30 ) ) =", y ? - ? "STR( Atn2( x, y ), 18, 15 ) = 0.523598775598299 // CT3" + ? "Str( Atn2( x, y ), 18, 15 ) = 0.523598775598299 // CT3" ? Space( 30 ) + Str( Atn2( x, y ), 18, 15 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" ? ? "RToD( Atn2( x, y ) ) =" + Str( RToD( Atn2( x, y ) ), 18, 4 ) + " <-- CT for Harbour" diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbgd/doc/en/hbgd.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbgd/doc/en/hbgd.txt index 4b04b9ae9a..c23f1ddf5b 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbgd/doc/en/hbgd.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbgd/doc/en/hbgd.txt @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ $ONELINER$ Save a GD image. $SYNTAX$ - gdImageGd( , | ) --> NIL + gdImageGD( , | ) --> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ - Image pointer - Image file name @@ -548,22 +548,22 @@ $RETURNS$ NIL $DESCRIPTION$ - gdImageGd() saves a GD image to a file or a handle. + gdImageGD() saves a GD image to a file or a handle. You can use one of 2 syntax: - gdImageGd( pImage, "myimage.gd" ) + gdImageGD( pImage, "myimage.gd" ) or - gdImageGd( pImage, nFileHandle ) + gdImageGD( pImage, nFileHandle ) $EXAMPLES$ PROCEDURE Main() LOCAL pImage := gdImageFromGif( "myimage.gif" ) // Image conversion - gdImageGd( pImage, "myimage.gd" ) + gdImageGD( pImage, "myimage.gd" ) RETURN $STATUS$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbgt/doc/en/hbgt.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbgt/doc/en/hbgt.txt index 9a73b5e30d..cc61d9eaec 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbgt/doc/en/hbgt.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbgt/doc/en/hbgt.txt @@ -4,32 +4,32 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - GT_ASCPOS() + gt_AscPos() $CATEGORY$ String Tools $ONELINER$ Return the ascii value of a specified character in a string $SYNTAX$ - GT_Ascpos(, ) --> nAscVal + gt_AscPos(, ) --> nAscVal $ARGUMENTS$ - The string - The position in $RETURNS$ - - The ascii value of substr(, , 1) + - The ascii value of SubStr(, , 1) $DESCRIPTION$ Return the ascii value of a specified character in a string Equivalent (but much faster) to - asc(substr(cStr, nPos, 1) + Asc(SubStr(cStr, nPos, 1) NOTE: invalid parameters will return -1 - nPos > len(cStr) will return -2 + nPos > Len(cStr) will return -2 This last behaviour is different to the Funcky function of the same name. I changed the behaviour because some of the strings I process contain embedded NULs. $EXAMPLES$ - ? gt_ascpos( "the cat sat on the mat", 3 ) // prints e + ? gt_AscPos( "the cat sat on the mat", 3 ) // prints e $TESTS$ $STATUS$ @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - GT_ASCIISUM() + gt_AsciiSum() $CATEGORY$ String Tools $ONELINER$ Sum the ascii values in a string. $SYNTAX$ - GT_AsciiSum() --> nSum + gt_AsciiSum() --> nSum $ARGUMENTS$ - The string to sum $RETURNS$ @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - GT_ATDIFF() + gt_AtDiff() $CATEGORY$ String Tools $ONELINER$ Return the position where two strings begin to differ $SYNTAX$ - GT_AtDiff(, ) --> nPos + gt_AtDiff(, ) --> nPos $ARGUMENTS$ - A character string to compare - The string to compare with @@ -90,15 +90,15 @@ - The position in where begins to differ $DESCRIPTION$ Return the position in where begins to differ. - If the strings differ in the first character GT_AtDiff() will + If the strings differ in the first character gt_AtDiff() will return 1. If the two strings are identical (or identical upto the last character in ) the function will return 0. NOTE: invalid parameters will return -1 $EXAMPLES$ - ? gt_atDiff( "the cat", "the rat" ) // prints 5 - ? gt_atDiff( "the cat", "the " ) // prints 0 + ? gt_AtDiff( "the cat", "the rat" ) // prints 5 + ? gt_AtDiff( "the cat", "the " ) // prints 0 $TESTS$ $STATUS$ @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - GT_CHAREVEN() + gt_CharEven() $CATEGORY$ String Tools $ONELINER$ Return a string of all the characters in even positions $SYNTAX$ - GT_CharEven() --> cRet + gt_CharEven() --> cRet $ARGUMENTS$ - A character string to extract chars from $RETURNS$ @@ -148,13 +148,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - GT_CHARMIX() + gt_CharMix() $CATEGORY$ String Tools $ONELINER$ Amalgamate two strings to form the return value $SYNTAX$ - GT_CharMix(, ) --> cRet + gt_CharMix(, ) --> cRet $ARGUMENTS$ - A character string to mix - A character string to mix with diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/dates2.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/dates2.txt index 24b4bff270..be7a8a7f9b 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/dates2.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/dates2.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - AMONTHS() + AMonths() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Returns an array with the months names. $SYNTAX$ - AMONTHS() --> aMonths + AMonths() --> aMonths $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ISLEAPYEAR() + IsLeapYear() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Checks if the given date is a leap year. $SYNTAX$ - ISLEAPYEAR( ) --> lTrueOrFalse + IsLeapYear( ) --> lTrueOrFalse $ARGUMENTS$ A valid date. $RETURNS$ @@ -96,19 +96,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - DAYSINMONTH() + DaysInMonth() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DAYSINMONTH() + DaysInMonth() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Gets the days in a month. $SYNTAX$ - DAYSINMONTH( ) --> nDays + DaysInMonth( ) --> nDays $ARGUMENTS$ A valid date. $RETURNS$ @@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - EOM() + EoM() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Gets the last day in a month. $SYNTAX$ - EOM( ) --> dEOM + EoM( ) --> dEOM $ARGUMENTS$ A valid date. $RETURNS$ @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ This function returns the last day of a given month date. $EXAMPLES$ SET DATE ANSI - ? EOM( hb_SToD( "20000101" ) ) // -> "2000.01.31" - ? EOM( hb_SToD( "20000201" ) ) // -> "2000.02.29" + ? EoM( hb_SToD( "20000101" ) ) // -> "2000.01.31" + ? EoM( hb_SToD( "20000201" ) ) // -> "2000.02.29" $STATUS$ R $COMPLIANCE$ @@ -159,19 +159,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - BOM(),WOM() + BoM(),WoM() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - BOM() + BoM() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Gets the first day in a month. $SYNTAX$ - BOM( ) --> dBOM + BoM( ) --> dBOM $ARGUMENTS$ A valid date. $RETURNS$ @@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ This function returns the first day of a given month date. $EXAMPLES$ SET DATE ANSI - ? BOM( hb_SToD( "20000125" ) ) // -> "2000.01.01" - ? BOM( hb_SToD( "20000224" ) ) // -> "2000.02.01" + ? BoM( hb_SToD( "20000125" ) ) // -> "2000.01.01" + ? BoM( hb_SToD( "20000224" ) ) // -> "2000.02.01" $STATUS$ R $COMPLIANCE$ @@ -191,19 +191,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - EOM(),WOM() + EoM(),WoM() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DOY() + DoY() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Gets the day number of the year. $SYNTAX$ - DOY( ) --> nDay + DoY( ) --> nDay $ARGUMENTS$ A valid date. $RETURNS$ @@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ This function returns the day number of the year for a given date. $EXAMPLES$ - ? DOY( hb_SToD( "20000131" ) ) // -> 31 - ? DOY( hb_SToD( "20000220" ) ) // -> 51 + ? DoY( hb_SToD( "20000131" ) ) // -> 31 + ? DoY( hb_SToD( "20000220" ) ) // -> 51 $STATUS$ R $COMPLIANCE$ @@ -222,19 +222,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - WOY() + WoY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - WOY() + WoY() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Gets the week number of the year. $SYNTAX$ - WOY( , ) --> nWeek + WoY( , ) --> nWeek $ARGUMENTS$ A valid date. $RETURNS$ @@ -245,8 +245,8 @@ It returns the week number in ISO format ( range 0 - 52, by default or passing TRUE as second parameter) or 1 - 52 if lIso is FALSE. $EXAMPLES$ - ? WOY( hb_SToD( "20000131" ) ) // -> 3 - ? WOY( hb_SToD( "20000131" ), .F. ) // -> 4 + ? WoY( hb_SToD( "20000131" ) ) // -> 3 + ? WoY( hb_SToD( "20000131" ), .F. ) // -> 4 $STATUS$ R $COMPLIANCE$ @@ -256,19 +256,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - DOY() + DoY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - EOY() + EoY() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Gets the last date of the year. $SYNTAX$ - EOY( ) --> dEOY + EoY( ) --> dEOY $ARGUMENTS$ A valid date. $RETURNS$ @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ This function returns the last date of a given year date. $EXAMPLES$ SET DATE ANSI - ? EOY( hb_SToD( "20000101" ) ) // -> "2000.12.31" - ? EOY( hb_SToD( "20010101" ) ) // -> "2001.12.31" + ? EoY( hb_SToD( "20000101" ) ) // -> "2000.12.31" + ? EoY( hb_SToD( "20010101" ) ) // -> "2001.12.31" $STATUS$ R $COMPLIANCE$ @@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - BOY() + BoY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - BOY() + BoY() $CATEGORY$ Date $ONELINER$ Gets the first date of the year. $SYNTAX$ - BOY( ) --> dBOY + BoY( ) --> dBOY $ARGUMENTS$ A valid date. $RETURNS$ @@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ This function returns the first date of a given year date. $EXAMPLES$ SET DATE ANSI - ? BOY( hb_SToD( "20000125" ) ) // -> "2000.01.01" - ? BOY( hb_SToD( "20010224" ) ) // -> "2001.01.01" + ? BoY( hb_SToD( "20000125" ) ) // -> "2000.01.01" + ? BoY( hb_SToD( "20010224" ) ) // -> "2001.01.01" $STATUS$ R $COMPLIANCE$ @@ -320,6 +320,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - EOY() + EoY() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_class.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_class.txt index 39e64bcd01..ab8355ce98 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_class.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_class.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New() Creates a new instance of the TFileRead class. Open([]) Opens the file for reading. The optional nFlags - parameter can use any of the FOPEN() flags from + parameter can use any of the FOpen() flags from fileio.ch. The default is FO_READ + FO_SHARED. Calling this method when the file is already open causes the next ReadLine() to start over diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_conv.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_conv.txt index ff320b565a..926ca2a3b8 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_conv.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_conv.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ISBIN() + IsBin() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Check if the value is a Binary Number $SYNTAX$ - ISBIN() -> + IsBin() -> $ARGUMENTS$ STRING TO BE CHECKED $RETURNS$ @@ -20,19 +20,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - ISOCTAL(),ISDEC(),ISHEXA() + IsOctal(),IsDec(),IsHexa() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ISOCTAL() + IsOctal() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Check if the value is a Octal Number $SYNTAX$ - ISOCTAL() -> + IsOctal() -> $ARGUMENTS$ STRING TO BE CHECKED $RETURNS$ @@ -42,19 +42,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - ISBIN(),ISDEC(),ISHEXA() + IsBin(),IsDec(),IsHexa() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ISDEC() + IsDec() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Check if the value is a Decimal Number $SYNTAX$ - ISDEC() -> + IsDec() -> $ARGUMENTS$ STRING TO BE CHECKED $RETURNS$ @@ -64,19 +64,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - ISOCTAL(),ISBIN(),ISHEXA() + IsOctal(),IsBin(),IsHexa() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - ISHEXA() + IsHexa() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Check if the value is a Hexal Number $SYNTAX$ - ISHEXA() -> + IsHexa() -> $ARGUMENTS$ STRING TO BE CHECKED $RETURNS$ @@ -86,19 +86,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - ISOCTAL(),ISDEC(),ISBIN() + IsOctal(),IsDec(),IsBin() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DECTOBIN() + DecToBin() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Converts a Decimal Value to Binary $SYNTAX$ - DECTOBIN() -> + DecToBin() -> $ARGUMENTS$ NUMBER TO BE CONVERTED $RETURNS$ @@ -109,19 +109,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - Dectohexa(),dectooctal() + DecToHexa(),DecToOctal() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DECTOOCTAL() + DecToOctal() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Converts a Decimal Value to Octal $SYNTAX$ - DECTOOCTAL() -> + DecToOctal() -> $ARGUMENTS$ NUMBER TO BE CONVERTED $RETURNS$ @@ -132,19 +132,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - Dectohexa(),dectobin() + DecToHexa(),DecToBin() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - DECTOHEXA() + DecToHexa() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Converts a Decimal Value to Hexa $SYNTAX$ - DECTOHEXA() -> + DecToHexa() -> $ARGUMENTS$ NUMBER TO BE CONVERTED $RETURNS$ @@ -155,19 +155,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - Dectobin(),dectooctal() + DecToBin(),DecToOctal() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - BINTODEC() + BinToDec() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Converts a Binary Value to Decimal $SYNTAX$ - BIntODEC() -> + BinToDec() -> $ARGUMENTS$ NUMBER TO BE CONVERTED $RETURNS$ @@ -178,19 +178,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - OctaltoDec(),HexatoDec() + OctalToDec(),HexaToDec() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - OCTALTODEC() + OctalToDec() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Converts a Octal Value to Decimal $SYNTAX$ - OCTALTODEC() -> + OctalToDec() -> $ARGUMENTS$ NUMBER TO BE CONVERTED $RETURNS$ @@ -201,19 +201,19 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - BintoDec(),HexatoDec() + BinToDec(),HexaToDec() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - HEXATODEC() + HexaToDec() $CATEGORY$ Conversion Tools $ONELINER$ Converts a Hexa Value to Decimal $SYNTAX$ - HEXATODEC() -> + HexaToDec() -> $ARGUMENTS$ NUMBER TO BE CONVERTED $RETURNS$ @@ -224,6 +224,6 @@ $FILES$ Library is libmisc $SEEALSO$ - OctaltoDec(),BintoDec() + OctalToDec(),BinToDec() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_doc.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_doc.txt index 31a9daa9c5..71a094576c 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_doc.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbmisc/doc/en/ht_doc.txt @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ PROCEDURE Main() LOCAL oHtm - oHtm := THTML():New( "www\harbour.html" ) + oHtm := THtml():New( "www\harbour.html" ) oHtm:WriteTitle( "Harbour Reference Guide" ) oHtm:WritePar( "HARBOUR" ) oHtm:WriteLink( "OverView" ) diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aading.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aading.txt index d4064e77f6..1d04b23926 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aading.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aading.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_AADDITION() + ft_AAddition() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ Add elements unique of source array to target array $SYNTAX$ - FT_AADDITION( , [, [, ] ] ) ; + ft_AAddition( , [, [, ] ] ) ; -> aNewArray $ARGUMENTS$ is the primary array. @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ aList1 := { "apple", "orange", "pear" } aList2 := { "apple ", "banana", "PEAR" } - FT_AADDITION( aList1, aList2 ) + ft_AAddition( aList1, aList2 ) // ignores spaces, sensitive to case // returns { "apple", "orange", "pear", "banana", "PEAR" } - FT_AADDITION( aList1, aList2, , .F. ) + ft_AAddition( aList1, aList2, , .F. ) // ignores spaces, not sensitive to case // returns { "apple", "orange", "pear", "banana" } - FT_AADDITION( aList1, aList2, .F. , .F. ) + ft_AAddition( aList1, aList2, .F. , .F. ) // sensitive to spaces, not sensitive to case // returns { "apple", "orange", "pear", "apple ", "banana" } $END$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aavg.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aavg.txt index c64a111baa..c635f75eef 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aavg.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aavg.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_AAVG() + ft_AAvg() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ Average numeric values in an array $SYNTAX$ - FT_AAVG( [, [, ] ] ) -> nAverage + ft_AAvg( [, [, ] ] ) -> nAverage $ARGUMENTS$ is the array containing the elements to be averaged. @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ This function is used to get a numeric average of selected or all elements of an array. - This routine requires FT_ASUM(). + This routine requires ft_ASum(). $EXAMPLES$ - FT_AAVG( aSubTotals ) // Get Average of Entire Array + ft_AAvg( aSubTotals ) // Get Average of Entire Array - FT_AAVG( aSubTotals, 5 ) // Get Average of 5th Element On + ft_AAvg( aSubTotals, 5 ) // Get Average of 5th Element On - FT_AAVG( aSubTotals, , 10 ) // Get Average of 1st 10 Elements + ft_AAvg( aSubTotals, , 10 ) // Get Average of 1st 10 Elements - FT_AAVG( aSubTotals, 5, 10 ) // Get Average of Elements 5-10 + ft_AAvg( aSubTotals, 5, 10 ) // Get Average of Elements 5-10 $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctadj.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctadj.txt index 92d396f98f..cc6441377a 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctadj.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctadj.txt @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ACCTADJ() + ft_AcctAdj() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Adjust beginning or ending fiscal pd. dates to acctg. dates $SYNTAX$ - FT_ACCTADJ( [ ], [ ] ) -> dDate + ft_AcctAdj( [ ], [ ] ) -> dDate $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any valid format. - Defaults to DATE() if not supplied. + Defaults to Date() if not supplied. is a logical variable. .F. = adjust for beginning of period mode, .T. = adjust for end of period mode. Defaults to @@ -42,19 +42,19 @@ Beginning of period mode (lIsEnd == .F.) dDate := SToD( "19910131" ) // In last 3 days of work week - ? FT_ACCTADJ( dDate ) // 1991.02.03 (next week's start) + ? ft_AcctAdj( dDate ) // 1991.02.03 (next week's start) dDate := SToD( "19910331" ) // Not in last 3 days of work week - ? FT_ACCTADJ( dDate ) // 1991.03.31 (this week's start) + ? ft_AcctAdj( dDate ) // 1991.03.31 (this week's start) End of period mode (lIsEnd == .T.) dDate := SToD( "19910131" ) // In last 4 days of work week - ? FT_ACCTADJ( dDate, .T. ) // 1991.02.02 (this week's end) + ? ft_AcctAdj( dDate, .T. ) // 1991.02.02 (this week's end) dDate := SToD( "19910331" ) // Not in last 4 days of work week - ? FT_ACCTADJ( dDate, .T. ) // 1991.03.30 (prior week's end) + ? ft_AcctAdj( dDate, .T. ) // 1991.03.30 (prior week's end) $SEEALSO$ - FT_DATECNFG() FT_DAYTOBOW() + ft_DateCnfg() ft_DayToBoW() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctmnth.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctmnth.txt index 514211a318..bc298207b3 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctmnth.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctmnth.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ACCTMONTH() + ft_AcctMonth() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return accounting month data $SYNTAX$ - FT_ACCTMONTH( [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateInfo + ft_AcctMonth( [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateInfo $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to current system date if not supplied. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ aDateInfo[ 2 ] - The beginning date of the accounting month aDateInfo[ 3 ] - The ending date of the accounting month $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_ACCTMONTH() creates an array containing data about the + ft_AcctMonth() creates an array containing data about the accounting month containing the given date. An accounting period has the following characteristics: @@ -41,17 +41,17 @@ weeks. $EXAMPLES$ // get info about accounting month containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_ACCTMONTH( SToD( "19900915" ) ) + aDateInfo := ft_AcctMonth( SToD( "19900915" ) ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199009 (9th month) ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 09/02/90 beginning of month 9 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 09/29/90 end of month 9 // get info about accounting month 5 in year containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_ACCTMONTH( SToD( "19900915" ), 5 ) + aDateInfo := ft_AcctMonth( SToD( "19900915" ), 5 ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199005 ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 04/29/89 beginning of month 5 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 06/02/90 end of month 5 $SEEALSO$ - FT_DATECNFG() FT_ACCTWEEK() FT_ACCTQTR() FT_ACCTYEAR() + ft_DateCnfg() ft_AcctWeek() ft_AcctQtr() ft_AcctYear() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctqtr.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctqtr.txt index 12f3f7fdd1..a7808b41a9 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctqtr.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctqtr.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ACCTQTR() + ft_AcctQtr() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return accounting quarter data $SYNTAX$ - FT_ACCTQTR( [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateinfo + ft_AcctQtr( [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateinfo $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to current system date if not supplied. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ aDateInfo[ 2 ] - The beginning date of the accounting quarter aDateInfo[ 3 ] - The ending date of the accounting quarter $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_ACCTQTR() creates an array containing data about the + ft_AcctQtr() creates an array containing data about the accounting quarter containing the given date. An accounting period has the following characteristics: @@ -41,17 +41,17 @@ weeks. $EXAMPLES$ // get info about accounting month containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_ACCTQTR( SToD( "19900915" ) ) + aDateInfo := ft_AcctQtr( SToD( "19900915" ) ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199003 (3rd quarter) ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 07/01/90 beginning of quarter 3 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 09/29/90 end of quarter 3 // get info about accounting qtr. 2 in year containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_ACCTQTR( SToD( "19900915" ), 2 ) + aDateInfo := ft_AcctQtr( SToD( "19900915" ), 2 ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199002 ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 04/01/89 beginning of quarter 2 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 06/30/90 end of quarter 2 $SEEALSO$ - FT_DATECNFG() FT_ACCTWEEK() FT_ACCTMONTH() FT_ACCTYEAR() + ft_DateCnfg() ft_AcctWeek() ft_AcctMonth() ft_AcctYear() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctweek.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctweek.txt index fbfe1c495c..746c517cef 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctweek.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctweek.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ACCTWEEK() + ft_AcctWeek() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return accounting week data $SYNTAX$ - FT_ACCTWEEK( [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateInfo + ft_AcctWeek( [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateInfo $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to current system date if not supplied. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ aDateInfo[ 2 ] - The beginning date of the accounting week aDateInfo[ 3 ] - The ending date of the accounting week $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_ACCTWEEK() returns an array containing data about the + ft_AcctWeek() returns an array containing data about the accounting week containing the given date. An accounting period has the following characteristics: @@ -41,17 +41,17 @@ weeks. $EXAMPLES$ // get info about accounting week containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_ACCTWEEK( SToD( "19900915" ) ) + aDateInfo := ft_AcctWeek( SToD( "19900915" ) ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199037 (37th week) ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 09/09/90 beginning of week 37 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 09/15/90 end of week 37 // get info about accounting week 25 in year containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_ACCTWEEK( SToD( "19900915" ), 25 ) + aDateInfo := ft_AcctWeek( SToD( "19900915" ), 25 ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199025 ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 06/17/89 beginning of week 25 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 06/23/90 end of week 25 $SEEALSO$ - FT_DATECNFG() FT_ACCTMONTH() FT_ACCTQTR() FT_ACCTYEAR() + ft_DateCnfg() ft_AcctMonth() ft_AcctQtr() ft_AcctYear() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctyear.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctyear.txt index 6889ed899d..bc3c539379 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctyear.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/acctyear.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ACCTYEAR() + ft_AcctYear() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return accounting year data $SYNTAX$ - FT_ACCTYEAR( [ ] ) -> aDateInfo + ft_AcctYear( [ ] ) -> aDateInfo $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to current system date if not supplied. @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ aDateInfo[ 2 ] - The beginning date of the accounting year aDateInfo[ 3 ] - The ending date of the accounting year $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_ACCTYEAR() creates an array containing data about the + ft_AcctYear() creates an array containing data about the accounting year containing the given date. An accounting period has the following characteristics: @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ weeks. $EXAMPLES$ // get info about accounting year containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_ACCTYEAR( SToD( "19900915" ) ) + aDateInfo := ft_AcctYear( SToD( "19900915" ) ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 1990 ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 12/31/89 beginning of year ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 12/29/90 end of year $SEEALSO$ - FT_DATECNFG() FT_ACCTWEEK() FT_ACCTMONTH() FT_ACCTQTR() + ft_DateCnfg() ft_AcctWeek() ft_AcctMonth() ft_AcctQtr() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adapter.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adapter.txt index 47094b4bbd..cc999b7080 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adapter.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adapter.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ADAPTER() + ft_Adapter() $CATEGORY$ Video $ONELINER$ Report the type of video adapter installed $SYNTAX$ - FT_ADAPTER() -> nResult + ft_Adapter() -> nResult $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ SEGMENT directives, and also the ENDP and ENDS directives (a very minor task). $EXAMPLES$ - iVideo := FT_ADAPTER() + iVideo := ft_Adapter() DO CASE CASE iVideo == 0 @@ -42,6 +42,6 @@ QOut( "You have a VGA adapter." ) ENDCASE $SEEALSO$ - FT_SETMODE() + ft_SetMode() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adessort.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adessort.txt index 046cbd274a..29979b049c 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adessort.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/adessort.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ADESSORT() + ft_ADesSort() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ Sort an array in descending order $SYNTAX$ - FT_ADESSORT( [, [, ] ] ) -> aSorted + ft_ADesSort( [, [, ] ] ) -> aSorted $ARGUMENTS$ is the array to be sorted @@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ This function is used to sort an array in descending order, i.e., Z-A $EXAMPLES$ - FT_ADESSORT( aNames ) // Sort the Entire Array + ft_ADesSort( aNames ) // Sort the Entire Array - FT_ADESSORT( aNames, 5 ) // Sort from the 5th Element On + ft_ADesSort( aNames, 5 ) // Sort from the 5th Element On - FT_ADESSORT( aNames, , 10 ) // Sort the 1st 10 Elements + ft_ADesSort( aNames, , 10 ) // Sort the 1st 10 Elements - FT_ADESSORT( aNames, 5, 10 ) // Sort Elements 5-10 + ft_ADesSort( aNames, 5, 10 ) // Sort Elements 5-10 $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aemaxlen.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aemaxlen.txt index 8317e10613..5f21703254 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aemaxlen.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aemaxlen.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_AEMAXLEN() + ft_AEMaxLen() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ Find longest element within an array $SYNTAX$ - FT_AEMAXLEN( [, [, [, ] ] ] ) ; + ft_AEMaxLen( [, [, [, ] ] ] ) ; -> nMaxlen $ARGUMENTS$ is the array containing the elements to be measured. @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ This function will measure each element of an array dimension and return the longest element. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_AEMAXLEN( aArray ) // Measure the 1st dimension of an Array + ft_AEMaxLen( aArray ) // Measure the 1st dimension of an Array - FT_AEMAXLEN( aArray, 2 ) // Measure the 2nd dimension of an Array + ft_AEMaxLen( aArray, 2 ) // Measure the 2nd dimension of an Array - FT_AEMAXLEN( aArray, 2, , 9 ) // Measure Elements 1-9 of the + ft_AEMaxLen( aArray, 2, , 9 ) // Measure Elements 1-9 of the // 2nd dimension or subarray - FT_AEMAXLEN( aArray, 3, 5, 9 ) // Measure Elements 5-9 of the + ft_AEMaxLen( aArray, 3, 5, 9 ) // Measure Elements 5-9 of the // 3rd dimension or subarray - FT_AEMAXLEN( aArray, 3, 5 ) // Measure Elements 5 to last in the + ft_AEMaxLen( aArray, 3, 5 ) // Measure Elements 5 to last in the // 3rd dimension or subarray $SEEALSO$ - FT_AEMINLEN() + ft_AEMinLen() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aeminlen.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aeminlen.txt index 2e12759fdb..ec3fa089d0 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aeminlen.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aeminlen.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_AEMINLEN() + ft_AEMinLen() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ Find shortest element within an array $SYNTAX$ - FT_AEMINLEN( [, [, [, ] ] ] ) + ft_AEMinLen( [, [, [, ] ] ] ) -> nMinlen $ARGUMENTS$ is the array containing the elements to be measured. @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ This function will measure each element of an array dimension and return the shortest element. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_AEMINLEN( aArray ) // Measure the 1st dimension of an Array + ft_AEMinLen( aArray ) // Measure the 1st dimension of an Array - FT_AEMINLEN( aArray, 2 ) // Measure the 2nd dimension of an Array + ft_AEMinLen( aArray, 2 ) // Measure the 2nd dimension of an Array - FT_AEMINLEN( aArray, 2, , 9 ) // Measure Elements 1-9 of 2nd dimension + ft_AEMinLen( aArray, 2, , 9 ) // Measure Elements 1-9 of 2nd dimension - FT_AEMINLEN( aArray, 3, 5, 9 ) // Measure Elements 5-9 of 3rd dimension + ft_AEMinLen( aArray, 3, 5, 9 ) // Measure Elements 5-9 of 3rd dimension - FT_AEMINLEN( aArray, 3, 5 ) // Measure Elements 5 to end of 3rd dimension + ft_AEMinLen( aArray, 3, 5 ) // Measure Elements 5 to end of 3rd dimension $SEEALSO$ - FT_AEMAXLEN() + ft_AEMaxLen() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/alt.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/alt.txt index 83ba36e64e..546df74a68 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/alt.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/alt.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ALT() + ft_Alt() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Determine status of the Alt key $SYNTAX$ - FT_ALT() -> lValue + ft_Alt() -> lValue $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ This function is useful for times you need to know whether or not the Alt key is pressed, such as during a MemoEdit(). $EXAMPLES$ - IF FT_ALT() + IF ft_Alt() @ 24, 0 SAY "Alt" ELSE @ 24, 0 SAY " " ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_CAPLOCK() FT_CTRL() FT_NUMLOCK() FT_PRTSCR() FT_SHIFT() + ft_CapLock() ft_Ctrl() ft_NumLock() ft_PrtScr() ft_Shift() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/amedian.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/amedian.txt index 3a84fcc8f0..cfeabd8198 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/amedian.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/amedian.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_AMEDIAN() + ft_AMedian() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ Find middle value in array, or average of two middle values $SYNTAX$ - FT_AMEDIAN( [, [, ] ] ) + ft_AMedian( [, [, ] ] ) -> nMedian $ARGUMENTS$ is the array containing the elements to be averaged. @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ more reflect a more useful average when there are extreme values in the set. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_AMEDIAN( aArray ) // Return Median for entire array + ft_AMedian( aArray ) // Return Median for entire array - FT_AMEDIAN( aArray, 2 ) // Return Median for elements from 2 to end + ft_AMedian( aArray, 2 ) // Return Median for elements from 2 to end - FT_AMEDIAN( aArray, , 9 ) // Return Median for 1st 9 elements + ft_AMedian( aArray, , 9 ) // Return Median for 1st 9 elements - FT_AMEDIAN( aArray, 8, 40 ) // Return Median for elements 8 to 40 + ft_AMedian( aArray, 8, 40 ) // Return Median for elements 8 to 40 $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/anomatch.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/anomatch.txt index 9671ed4bfe..7bf35d38a7 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/anomatch.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/anomatch.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ANOMATCHES() + ft_ANoMatches() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ Find the number of array elements meeting a condition $SYNTAX$ - FT_ANOMATCHES( , ; + ft_ANoMatches( , ; [, [, ] ] ) -> nNoOfMatches $ARGUMENTS$ is the array to be searched @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ to the supplied code block, cause that code block to return a .T. value. $EXAMPLES$ // Search the Entire Array - FT_ANOMATCHES( aTries, {| x | x <= 100 } ) + ft_ANoMatches( aTries, {| x | x <= 100 } ) // Search from the 5th Element On - FT_ANOMATCHES( aCodes, {| x | Upper( x ) == cCurrentCode }, 5 ) + ft_ANoMatches( aCodes, {| x | Upper( x ) == cCurrentCode }, 5 ) // Search the 1st 10 Elements - FT_ANOMATCHES( aDates, {| x | IS_BETWEEN( Date() - 7, x, Date() + 7 ) }, 10 ) + ft_ANoMatches( aDates, {| x | IS_BETWEEN( Date() - 7, x, Date() + 7 ) }, 10 ) // Search Elements 5-10 - FT_ANOMATCHES( aNames, {| x | x <= cLastGoodName }, 5, 10 ) + ft_ANoMatches( aNames, {| x | x <= cLastGoodName }, 5, 10 ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/any2any.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/any2any.txt index 3729daf181..db2605823f 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/any2any.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/any2any.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_XTOY() + ft_XToY() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Convert from any data type to any other data type $SYNTAX$ - FT_XTOY( , ; + ft_XToY( , ; [, ] ) -> xResult $ARGUMENTS$ is the value to convert. @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ This function converts a value of character, date, numeric, logical, array or code block type to any of the other type. While it is guaranteed to return a value of the correct type, that value may not - be meaningful (i.e., converting from a code block returns an EMPTY() + be meaningful (i.e., converting from a code block returns an Empty() value of the desired type). $EXAMPLES$ - nNumericValue := FT_XTOY( cInputValue, "N" ) - IF FT_XTOY( nInputValue, "L" ) + nNumericValue := ft_XToY( cInputValue, "N" ) + IF ft_XToY( nInputValue, "L" ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aredit.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aredit.txt index 499ca7a6ba..0070b7bb40 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aredit.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/aredit.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_AREDIT() + ft_ArEdit() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ 2 dimensional array editing function using TBrowse $SYNTAX$ - FT_AREDIT( , , , , , ; + ft_ArEdit( , , , , , ; , , [, ] ) -> xElement $ARGUMENTS$ , , , are coordinates for TBrowse @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ [ ] is get editing function for handling individual elements $RETURNS$ - Value of element positioned on when exit FT_AREDIT() + Value of element positioned on when exit ft_ArEdit() The type of this value depends on what is displayed. $DESCRIPTION$ This function allows you to position yourself in an array, add and delete rows with the and keys, and pass a UDF with information to edit the individual gets. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_AREDIT( 3, 5, 18, 75, ar, @nElem, aHeadings, aBlocks ) + ft_ArEdit( 3, 5, 18, 75, ar, @nElem, aHeadings, aBlocks ) // This example will allow you to browse a 2 dimensional array // But you can't edit it since there is no GetBlock UDF @@ -69,6 +69,6 @@ bGetFunc := {| b, ar, nDim, nElem | TestGet( b, ar, nDim, nElem ) } SetColor( "N/W, W/N, , , W/N" ) CLS - FT_AREDIT( 3, 5, 18, 75, ar, @nElem, aHeadings, aBlocks, bGetFunc ) + ft_ArEdit( 3, 5, 18, 75, ar, @nElem, aHeadings, aBlocks, bGetFunc ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/asum.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/asum.txt index 155c779098..35d2f0d4b2 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/asum.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/asum.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ASUM() + ft_ASum() $CATEGORY$ Array $ONELINER$ Sum the elements of an array $SYNTAX$ - FT_ASUM( [, [, ] ] ) -> nSum + ft_ASum( [, [, ] ] ) -> nSum $ARGUMENTS$ is the array containing the elements to be summed. @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ This function is to sum the elements of a numeric array or to sum the lengths of a character array. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_ASUM( aSubTotals ) // Sum the Entire Array + ft_ASum( aSubTotals ) // Sum the Entire Array - FT_ASUM( aSubTotals, 5 ) // Sum from the 5th Element On + ft_ASum( aSubTotals, 5 ) // Sum from the 5th Element On - FT_ASUM( aSubTotals, , 10 ) // Sum the 1st 10 Elements + ft_ASum( aSubTotals, , 10 ) // Sum the 1st 10 Elements - FT_ASUM( aSubTotals, 5, 10 ) // Sum Elements 5-10 + ft_ASum( aSubTotals, 5, 10 ) // Sum Elements 5-10 $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/at2.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/at2.txt index 048ffb7e98..98890ac445 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/at2.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/at2.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_AT2() + ft_At2() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Find position of the nth occurrence of a substring $SYNTAX$ - FT_AT2( , [, [, ] ] ) -> nPos + ft_At2( , [, [, ] ] ) -> nPos $ARGUMENTS$ is the character substring to search for. @@ -31,25 +31,25 @@ cSearch := "t" cTarget := "This is the day that the Lord has made." - FT_AT2( cSearch, cTarget ) // Returns ( 9 ) + ft_At2( cSearch, cTarget ) // Returns ( 9 ) - FT_AT2( cSearch, cTarget, 2 ) // Returns ( 17 ) + ft_At2( cSearch, cTarget, 2 ) // Returns ( 17 ) - FT_AT2( cSearch, cTarget, 2, .F. ) // Returns ( 9 ) + ft_At2( cSearch, cTarget, 2, .F. ) // Returns ( 9 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_FINDITH(), FT_RAT2() + ft_FindITh(), ft_RAt2() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_RAT2() + ft_RAt2() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Find position of the reversed nth occurrence of a substring $SYNTAX$ - FT_RAT2( , [, [, ] ] ) -> nPos + ft_RAt2( , [, [, ] ] ) -> nPos $ARGUMENTS$ is the character substring to search for. @@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ cSearch := "t" cTarget := "This is the day that the Lord has made." - FT_RAT2( cSearch, cTarget ) // Returns ( 22 ) + ft_RAt2( cSearch, cTarget ) // Returns ( 22 ) - FT_RAT2( cSearch, cTarget, 2 ) // Returns ( 20 ) + ft_RAt2( cSearch, cTarget, 2 ) // Returns ( 20 ) - FT_RAT2( cSearch, cTarget, 2, .F. ) // Returns ( 22 ) + ft_RAt2( cSearch, cTarget, 2, .F. ) // Returns ( 22 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_FINDITH(), FT_AT2() + ft_FindITh(), ft_At2() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitclr.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitclr.txt index e04fe8c649..244c1d9af9 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitclr.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitclr.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BITCLR() + ft_BitClr() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Clear (reset) selected bit in a byte $SYNTAX$ - FT_BITCLR( , ) -> cByte + ft_BitClr( , ) -> cByte $ARGUMENTS$ is a character from Chr(0) to Chr(255). @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ In effect, ANDs argument byte with a byte that has all bits set except the target bit. If bit is already clear (0), it remains clear. - Note: Calls FT_ISBIT() which is also in this Library. + Note: Calls ft_IsBit() which is also in this Library. This function is presented to illustrate that bit-wise operations are possible with Clipper code. For greater speed, write .c or @@ -31,15 +31,15 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // This code would clear bit 4 in a byte represented by Chr( 115 ): - cNewByte := FT_BITCLR( Chr( 115 ), 4 ) + cNewByte := ft_BitClr( Chr( 115 ), 4 ) ? Asc( cNewbyte ) // result: 99 ? cNewByte // result: "c" // This code would clear bit 5 in the byte represented by letter "A": - FT_BITCLR( "A", 5 ) // result: "A", since + ft_BitClr( "A", 5 ) // result: "A", since // bit 5 already clear $SEEALSO$ - FT_BITSET() FT_ISBIT() + ft_BitSet() ft_IsBit() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitset.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitset.txt index 8efd9daaa2..8b5b3589d3 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitset.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bitset.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BITSET() + ft_BitSet() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Set selected bit in a byte $SYNTAX$ - FT_BITSET( , ) -> cByte + ft_BitSet( , ) -> cByte $ARGUMENTS$ is a character from Chr(0) to Chr(255). @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ In effect, ORs argument byte with a byte that has only the target bit set. If bit is already set, it remains set. - Note: Calls FT_ISBIT() which is also in this Library. + Note: Calls ft_IsBit() which is also in this Library. This function is presented to illustrate that bit-wise operations are possible with Clipper code. For greater speed, write .c or @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // This code would set bit 4 in a byte represented by Chr( 107 ): - cNewbyte := FT_BITSET( Chr( 107 ), 4 ) + cNewbyte := ft_BitSet( Chr( 107 ), 4 ) ? Asc( cNewbyte ) // result: 123 ? cNewbyte // result: "{" // This code would set bit 5 in the byte represented by the letter "A". - ? FT_BITSET( "A", 5 ) // result: "a" + ? ft_BitSet( "A", 5 ) // result: "a" // bit 5 set $SEEALSO$ - FT_BITCLR() FT_ISBIT() + ft_BitClr() ft_IsBit() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/blink.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/blink.txt index 1b00955d69..bf3ff908a8 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/blink.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/blink.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BLINK() + ft_Blink() $CATEGORY$ Menus/Prompts $ONELINER$ Display a blinking message on the screen $SYNTAX$ - FT_BLINK( , [ ], [ ] ) -> NIL + ft_Blink( , [ ], [ ] ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the string to blink. @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ A quick way to blink a msg on screen in the CURRENT colors. Restores colors on return. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_BLINK( "WAIT", 5, 10 ) // Blinks "WAIT" in current colors @ 5,10 + ft_Blink( "WAIT", 5, 10 ) // Blinks "WAIT" in current colors @ 5,10 @ 5, 10 SAY "WAIT - Printing Report" - FT_BLINK( "..." ) // Blink "..." after wait message... + ft_Blink( "..." ) // Blink "..." after wait message... $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2bit.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2bit.txt index 6eb133bd14..c799e5f9d2 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2bit.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2bit.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BYT2BIT() + ft_Byt2Bit() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Convert byte to string of 1's and 0's $SYNTAX$ - FT_BYT2BIT( ) -> cBitPattern + ft_Byt2Bit( ) -> cBitPattern $ARGUMENTS$ is the byte to convert. $RETURNS$ @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ // Chr( 20 ) and Chr( 36 ), and deliver the result as a string in binary (bit) // format. - ? FT_BYT2BIT( Chr( 20 ) ) // byte1: '0001 0100' - ? FT_BYT2BIT( Chr( 36 ) ) // byte2: '0010 0100' + ? ft_Byt2Bit( Chr( 20 ) ) // byte1: '0001 0100' + ? ft_Byt2Bit( Chr( 36 ) ) // byte2: '0010 0100' - ? FT_BYT2BIT( FT_BYTEAND( Chr( 20 ), Chr( 36 ) ) ) + ? ft_Byt2Bit( ft_ByteAnd( Chr( 20 ), Chr( 36 ) ) ) // result: '0000 0100' $SEEALSO$ - FT_BYT2HEX() + ft_Byt2Hex() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2hex.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2hex.txt index 1698af67b0..df73a26c08 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2hex.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byt2hex.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BYT2HEX() + ft_Byt2Hex() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Convert byte to hexadecimal version of its binary value $SYNTAX$ - FT_BYT2HEX( cByte ) -> cHexValue + ft_Byt2Hex( cByte ) -> cHexValue $ARGUMENTS$ is the byte to convert. $RETURNS$ @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ // Chr( 20 ) and Chr( 36 ), and deliver the result as a string in hexadecimal // format, using 'h' to signify hexadecimal. - ? FT_BYT2HEX( Chr( 20 ) ) // byte1: '14h' - ? FT_BYT2HEX( Chr( 36 ) ) // byte2: '24h' + ? ft_Byt2Hex( Chr( 20 ) ) // byte1: '14h' + ? ft_Byt2Hex( Chr( 36 ) ) // byte2: '24h' - ? FT_BYT2HEX( FT_BYTEAND( Chr( 20 ), Chr( 36 ) ) ) + ? ft_Byt2Hex( ft_ByteAnd( Chr( 20 ), Chr( 36 ) ) ) // result: '04h' $SEEALSO$ - FT_BYT2BIT() + ft_Byt2Bit() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteand.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteand.txt index 7df22b1e36..7c12e0032d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteand.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteand.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BYTEAND() + ft_ByteAnd() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Perform bit-wise AND on two ASCII characters (bytes) $SYNTAX$ - FT_BYTEAND( , ) -> cByte + ft_ByteAnd( , ) -> cByte $ARGUMENTS$ and are characters from Chr(0) TO Chr(255). May be passed in Chr() form, as character literals, or as expressions @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ // of the byte represented by Chr(123) and leave the low nibble bits as in // the parameter byte. - cNewbyte := FT_BYTEAND( Chr( 123 ), Chr( 15 ) ) + cNewbyte := ft_ByteAnd( Chr( 123 ), Chr( 15 ) ) ? Asc( cNewByte ) // result: 11 ? cNewByte // result: non-printable character $SEEALSO$ - FT_BYTEOR() FT_BYTEXOR() FT_BYTENOT() FT_BYTENEG() + ft_ByteOr() ft_ByteXor() ft_ByteNot() ft_ByteNeg() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteneg.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteneg.txt index 84de2556c8..9e3d6180bd 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteneg.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteneg.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BYTENEG() + ft_ByteNeg() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Perform bit-wise negation on an ASCII character $SYNTAX$ - FT_BYTENEG( ) -> cNewByte + ft_ByteNeg( ) -> cNewByte $ARGUMENTS$ is a character from Chr(0) to Chr(255). May be passed in Chr() form, as character literal, or @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // This code performs a bit-wise NEG on byte represented by Chr( 32 ): - cNewByte := FT_BYTENOT( Chr( 32 ) ) + cNewByte := ft_ByteNot( Chr( 32 ) ) ? Asc( cNewByte ) // result: 224 $SEEALSO$ - FT_BYTEOR() FT_BYTEXOR() FT_BYTENOT() FT_BYTEAND() + ft_ByteOr() ft_ByteXor() ft_ByteNot() ft_ByteAnd() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytenot.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytenot.txt index b747996f2e..63f146ab13 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytenot.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytenot.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BYTENOT() + ft_ByteNot() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Perform bit-wise NOT on an ASCII character (byte) $SYNTAX$ - FT_BYTENOT( ) -> cNewByte + ft_ByteNot( ) -> cNewByte $ARGUMENTS$ is a character from Chr(0) to Chr(255). May be passed in Chr() form, as character literal, or @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // This code performs a bitwise NOT on byte represented by Chr( 32 ): - cNewByte := FT_BYTENOT( Chr( 32 ) ) + cNewByte := ft_ByteNot( Chr( 32 ) ) ? Asc( cNewByte ) // result: 223 $SEEALSO$ - FT_BYTEOR() FT_BYTEXOR() FT_BYTENEG() FT_BYTEAND() + ft_ByteOr() ft_ByteXor() ft_ByteNeg() ft_ByteAnd() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteor.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteor.txt index 88d6df85a7..aa6b635214 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteor.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/byteor.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BYTEOR() + ft_ByteOr() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Perform bit-wise OR on two ASCII characters (bytes) $SYNTAX$ - FT_BYTEOR( , ) -> cNewByte + ft_ByteOr( , ) -> cNewByte $ARGUMENTS$ and are characters from Chr(0) TO Chr(255). May be passed in Chr() form, as character literals, or as @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ // This code performs a bit-wise OR on two bytes represented // by Chr( 20 ) and Chr( 10 ): - cNewByte := FT_BYTEOR( Chr( 20 ), Chr( 10 ) ) + cNewByte := ft_ByteOr( Chr( 20 ), Chr( 10 ) ) ? Asc( cNewByte ) // result: 30 ? cNewByte // result: non-printable character $SEEALSO$ - FT_BYTEXOR() FT_BYTENOT() FT_BYTENEG() FT_BYTEAND() + ft_ByteXor() ft_ByteNot() ft_ByteNeg() ft_ByteAnd() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytexor.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytexor.txt index 2fb3bd43ff..cc45e5d9ff 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytexor.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/bytexor.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_BYTEXOR() + ft_ByteXor() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Perform bit-wise XOR on two ASCII characters (bytes) $SYNTAX$ - FT_BYTEXOR( , ) -> cNewByte + ft_ByteXor( , ) -> cNewByte $ARGUMENTS$ and are characters from Chr(0) to Chr(255). May be passed in Chr() form, as character literals, or @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ // This code performs a bit-wise XOR on two bytes represented // by Chr( 32 ) and Chr( 55 ): - cNewByte := FT_BYTEXOR( Chr( 32 ), Chr( 55 ) ) + cNewByte := ft_ByteXor( Chr( 32 ), Chr( 55 ) ) ? Asc( cNewByte ) // result: 23 ? cNewByte // result: non-printable character $SEEALSO$ - FT_BYTEOR() FT_BYTENOT() FT_BYTENEG() FT_BYTEAND() + ft_ByteOr() ft_ByteNot() ft_ByteNeg() ft_ByteAnd() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/calendar.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/calendar.txt index 1e5cadedef..e8e7a4f1c5 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/calendar.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/calendar.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_CALENDAR() + ft_Calendar() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ default is bright white text over green background. is an optional logical variable. If true (.T.), - it uses FT_SHADOW() to add a transparent shadow + it uses ft_Shadow() to add a transparent shadow to the display, default (.F.). is an optional logical variable. If true, uses @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ and current time. $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_CALENDAR() simply displays today's date, time and julian + ft_Calendar() simply displays today's date, time and julian day in a two line display with an optional box shadow. Cursor keys may be used to page through the calendar by day, week, month or year increments. Returns an 8 element array of calendar data: @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ $EXAMPLES$ LOCAL aRetVal[ 8 ] CLS - aRetVal := FT_CALENDAR( 10, 40, "W+/RB", .T., .T. ) + aRetVal := ft_Calendar( 10, 40, "W+/RB", .T., .T. ) ? aRetVal[ 1 ] // Result: 04/20/91 ? aRetVal[ 2 ] // Result: 4 ? aRetVal[ 3 ] // Result: 20 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ ? aRetVal[ 7 ] // Result: 110 ? aRetVal[ 8 ] // Result: 12:45:20 $SEEALSO$ - FT_DAYOFYR() + ft_DayOfYr() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/caplock.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/caplock.txt index ca3ffc711b..a5c1ddb436 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/caplock.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/caplock.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_CAPLOCK() + ft_CapLock() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Determine and optionally change the status of CapLock key $SYNTAX$ - FT_CAPLOCK([ ]) -> lCurrentSetting + ft_CapLock([ ]) -> lCurrentSetting $ARGUMENTS$ is optional and if supplied is the new setting for the CapLock key. Specify .T. to turn CapLock on, or .F. to @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ This function is useful if you need to know or set the status of the CapLock key for some reason. $EXAMPLES$ - IF FT_CAPLOCK() + IF ft_CapLock() ? "CapLock is active" ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_ALT() FT_CTRL() FT_NUMLOCK() FT_PRTSCR() FT_SHIFT() + ft_Alt() ft_Ctrl() ft_NumLock() ft_PrtScr() ft_Shift() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/chdir.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/chdir.txt index 8047489422..88477b2326 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/chdir.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/chdir.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_CHDIR() + ft_ChDir() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Change the current directory $SYNTAX$ - FT_CHDIR( ) -> nResult + ft_ChDir( ) -> nResult $ARGUMENTS$ is the name of the desired directory. $RETURNS$ @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ SEGMENT directives, and also the ENDP and ENDS directives (a very minor task). $EXAMPLES$ - FT_CHDIR( "C:\harbour" ) - FT_CHDIR( hb_ps() ) - FT_CHDIR( ".." + hb_ps() + "hbnf" ) + ft_ChDir( "C:\harbour" ) + ft_ChDir( hb_ps() ) + ft_ChDir( ".." + hb_ps() + "hbnf" ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cint86.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cint86.txt index 1aac997150..2f0497aabf 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cint86.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cint86.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_INT86() + ft_int86() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Execute a software interrupt $SYNTAX$ - FT_INT86( , ) -> lResult + ft_int86( , ) -> lResult $ARGUMENTS$ is the interrupt to execute. @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ you to specify values for AX, DX, and DS, you would only need to initialize elements 1, 4, and 8. - Once you have done the required register setup, call FT_INT86(), + Once you have done the required register setup, call ft_int86(), passing the interrupt number and the register array as parameters. The function will load the CPU with your specified values, execute the interrupt, and then store the contents of the CPU registers back into @@ -65,16 +65,16 @@ of situations, but it will take a little work on your part. If you need to pass a string that uses the DS register, store the string in element 8; if you need to pass a string that uses the ES register, store the - string in element 9. FT_INT86() will detect that you've supplied a + string in element 9. ft_int86() will detect that you've supplied a string instead of a numeric value and will behave accordingly. That takes care of obtaining the segment portion of the pointer. To specify which register is to contain the offset, use the values REG_DS and REG_ES which are defined in the ftint86.ch file. When one of these - values is found in an array element, it alerts FT_Int86() to use the + values is found in an array element, it alerts ft_int86() to use the offset portion of a pointer instead of a numeric value. REG_DS tells - FT_Int86() to use the offset of the string in element 8, while REG_ES - tells FT_Int86() to use the offset of the string in element 9. + ft_int86() to use the offset of the string in element 8, while REG_ES + tells ft_int86() to use the offset of the string in element 9. All the CPU registers are sixteen bits in size. Some, however, are also split into two 8-bit registers. This function is only capable of @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ pseudo-functions HighByte() and LowByte(), contained in the .ch file. To alter an 8-bit number so it will appear in the high-order byte of a - register when passed to the FT_INT86() function, use the MakeHI() + register when passed to the ft_int86() function, use the MakeHI() pseudo-function contained in the .ch file. When run in real mode, this function is a shell for __ftint86(), @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ aRegs[ DS ] := "C:\misc\myfile.xxx" aRegs[ DX ] := REG_DS - FT_INT86( 33, aRegs ) // Make the call to the DOS interrupt + ft_int86( 33, aRegs ) // Make the call to the DOS interrupt // This example shows how to call the DOS "get current directory" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ aRegs[ DS ] := Space( 64 ) aRegs[ SI ] := REG_DS - FT_INT86( 33, aRegs ) + ft_int86( 33, aRegs ) ? aRegs[ DS ] // Display the directory name @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ LOCAL aRegs[ 10 ] aRegs[ AX ] := 16 // Choose hi-res graphics - FT_INT86( 16, aRegs ) + ft_int86( 16, aRegs ) $INCLUDE$ ftint86.ch $END$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/clrsel.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/clrsel.txt index 78458ad4e5..db4c4d2180 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/clrsel.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/clrsel.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ClrSel() + ft_ClrSel() $CATEGORY$ Menus/Prompts $ONELINER$ User Selectable Colour Routine $SYNTAX$ - FT_ClrSel( , [ ], [ ] -> aClrData + ft_ClrSel( , [ ], [ ] -> aClrData $ARGUMENTS$ is an array of subarrays, with each subarray containing information about the colour settings. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Note: While there are many ways to code the individual colour combinations, they should be in the same - format that gets returned from SETCOLOR(), so + format that gets returned from SetColor(), so the defaults can be found in the colour palette. foreground [+] / background [*] @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ T = Title Only 1 colour element D = Desktop Background colour and character - M = Menu For FT_Menuto() style menus + M = Menu For ft_MenuTo() style menus W = Window Windows with radio buttons G = Get For use with @ SAY... - B = Browse For tBrowse() and *dbEdit() + B = Browse For TBrowse() and *dbEdit() A = aChoice Pick-lists etc... W/G/B/A are functionally the same but will provide @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ .T. use colour palette .F. use monochrome palette - Default is the ISCOLOR() setting + Default is the IsColor() setting 2 Byte character string for colour test display @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ for all the different types of screen I/O in a typical application. This facilitates an easy implementation of Ted Means' replacement of the @..PROMPT/MENU TO found in the NanForum Toolkit. If you are - not using FT_MENUTO(), you can specify "A" for setting type and have + not using ft_MenuTo(), you can specify "A" for setting type and have a normal colour string returned. $EXAMPLES$ LOCAL aClrs := {} @@ -96,6 +96,6 @@ { "Database Query", "N/BG, N/GR*,,,N+/BG", "B" }, ; { "Pick List", "N/GR*,W+/B,,, BG/GR*", "A" } } - aClrs := FT_ClrSel( aClrs, lColour, cChr ) + aClrs := ft_ClrSel( aClrs, lColour, cChr ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cntryset.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cntryset.txt index 7459df1e62..5820c3a6c1 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cntryset.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/cntryset.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_SETCENTURY() + ft_SetCentury() $CATEGORY$ Environment $ONELINER$ Check/Set the CENTURY Setting $SYNTAX$ - FT_SETCENTURY( [ ] ) -> + ft_SetCentury( [ ] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ lNewSetState - Boolean to Set CENTURY .F. - Toggle CENTURY off @@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ This function returns the state (ON/OFF, TRUE/FALSE) of the CENTURY and optionally sets it ON or OFF. $EXAMPLES$ - lOldState := FT_SETCENTURY() // Get current CENTURY Setting + lOldState := ft_SetCentury() // Get current CENTURY Setting - lOldState := FT_SETCENTURY( .T. ) // Get the current CENTURY Setting + lOldState := ft_SetCentury( .T. ) // Get the current CENTURY Setting // and turn it on (set it to TRUE) - lOldState := FT_SETCENTURY( .F. ) // Get the current CENTURY Setting + lOldState := ft_SetCentury( .F. ) // Get the current CENTURY Setting // and turn it off (set it to FALSE) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/color2n.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/color2n.txt index 86f619a673..9d60095894 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/color2n.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/color2n.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_COLOR2N() + ft_Color2N() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Returns the numeric complement of a Clipper color string $SYNTAX$ - FT_COLOR2N( ) -> nValue + ft_Color2N( ) -> nValue $ARGUMENTS$ is a Clipper color string $RETURNS$ @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ a converted color string than having to calculate or look up the corresponding number. $EXAMPLES$ - nColor := FT_COLOR2N( "gr+/b" ) // returns 30 + nColor := ft_Color2N( "gr+/b" ) // returns 30 - FT_SETATTR( 0, 0, 10, 10, nColor ) + ft_SetAttr( 0, 0, 10, 10, nColor ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_N2COLOR() + ft_N2Color() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ctrl.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ctrl.txt index d416aae97c..205c697db2 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ctrl.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ctrl.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_CTRL() + ft_Ctrl() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Determine status of the Ctrl key $SYNTAX$ - FT_CTRL() -> lValue + ft_Ctrl() -> lValue $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ This function is useful for times you need to know whether or not the Ctrl key is pressed, such as during a MemoEdit(). $EXAMPLES$ - IF FT_CTRL() + IF ft_Ctrl() @ 24, 0 SAY "Ctrl" ELSE @ 24, 0 SAY " " ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_CAPLOCK() FT_NUMLOCK() FT_PRTSCR() FT_SHIFT() FT_ALT() + ft_CapLock() ft_NumLock() ft_PrtScr() ft_Shift() ft_Alt() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/d2e.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/d2e.txt index e321676518..e950764f23 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/d2e.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/d2e.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_D2E() + ft_D2E() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Convert decimal to scientific notation $SYNTAX$ - FT_D2E( , ) -> + ft_D2E( , ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ Decimal number to convert @@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ a string representing the equivalent in scientific notation is returned. $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_D2E( 12.345, 2 ) // -> 1.23E1 + ? ft_D2E( 12.345, 2 ) // -> 1.23E1 - ? FT_D2E( -12.345, 3 ) // -> -1.235E1 + ? ft_D2E( -12.345, 3 ) // -> -1.235E1 - ? FT_D2E( 0.00000543, 2 ) // -> 5.43E-6 + ? ft_D2E( 0.00000543, 2 ) // -> 5.43E-6 $SEEALSO$ - FT_E2D() + ft_E2D() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/datecnfg.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/datecnfg.txt index 881f901b07..e8cc8384df 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/datecnfg.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/datecnfg.txt @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DATECNFG() + ft_DateCnfg() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Set beginning of year/week for FT_ date functions $SYNTAX$ - FT_DATECNFG( [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateInfo + ft_DateCnfg( [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateInfo $ARGUMENTS$ is a character date string in the user's system date - format, i.e., the same as the user would enter for CTOD(). If + format, i.e., the same as the user would enter for CToD(). If this argument is NIL, the current value is unchanged. Note: The year portion of the date string must be present and @@ -34,45 +34,45 @@ (1 = Sunday) $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_DATECNFG() is called internally by many of the date functions + ft_DateCnfg() is called internally by many of the date functions in the library to determine the beginning of year date and beginning of week day. The default beginning of the year is January 1st and the default beginning of the week is Sunday (day 1). Either or both of these - settings may be changed by calling FT_DATECNFG() with the proper + settings may be changed by calling ft_DateCnfg() with the proper arguments. They will retain their values for the duration of the program or until they are changed again by a subsequent call to - FT_DATECNFG(). + ft_DateCnfg(). - It is not necessary to call FT_DATECNFG() unless you need to + It is not necessary to call ft_DateCnfg() unless you need to change the defaults. - FT_DATECNFG() affects the following library functions: + ft_DateCnfg() affects the following library functions: - FT_WEEK() FT_ACCTWEEK() FT_DAYTOBOW() - FT_MONTH() FT_ACCTMONTH() FT_DAYOFYR() - FT_QTR() FT_ACCTQTR() FT_ACCTADJ() - FT_YEAR() FT_ACCTYEAR() + ft_Week() ft_AcctWeek() ft_DayToBoW() + ft_Month() ft_AcctMonth() ft_DayOfYr() + ft_Qtr() ft_AcctQtr() ft_AcctAdj() + ft_Year() ft_AcctYear() $EXAMPLES$ // Configure library date functions to begin year on // July 1st. - FT_DATECNFG( "07/01/80" ) // year is insignificant + ft_DateCnfg( "07/01/80" ) // year is insignificant // Examples of return values: // System date format: American aArray[1] aArray[2] - aArray := FT_DATECNFG() // "1980.01.01" 1 (Sun.) - aArray := FT_DATECNFG( "07/01/80" ) // "1980.07.01" 1 (Sun.) - aArray := FT_DATECNFG( "07/01/80", 2 ) // "1980.07.01" 2 (Mon.) - aArray := FT_DATECNFG( , 2 ) // "1980.01.01" 2 (Mon.) + aArray := ft_DateCnfg() // "1980.01.01" 1 (Sun.) + aArray := ft_DateCnfg( "07/01/80" ) // "1980.07.01" 1 (Sun.) + aArray := ft_DateCnfg( "07/01/80", 2 ) // "1980.07.01" 2 (Mon.) + aArray := ft_DateCnfg( , 2 ) // "1980.01.01" 2 (Mon.) // System date format: British - aArray := FT_DATECNFG( "01/07/80", 2 ) // "1980.07.01" 2 (Mon.) + aArray := ft_DateCnfg( "01/07/80", 2 ) // "1980.07.01" 2 (Mon.) $SEEALSO$ - FT_ACCTADJ() + ft_AcctAdj() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dayofyr.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dayofyr.txt index 9b9a4a912b..6ff82c17ac 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dayofyr.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dayofyr.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DAYOFYR() + ft_DayOfYr() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return calendar, fiscal or accounting day data $SYNTAX$ - FT_DAYOFYR( [ ], [ ], [ ] ) + ft_DayOfYr( [ ], [ ], [ ] ) -> aDateInfo $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any valid format. Defaults @@ -37,27 +37,27 @@ aDateInfo[ 2 ] - The beginning date of the year aDateInfo[ 3 ] - The ending date of the year $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_DAYOFYR() returns an array containing data about a day in the + ft_DayOfYr() returns an array containing data about a day in the calendar or fiscal year containing the given date. The beginning of year date defaults to January 1st but may be - changed with FT_DATECNFG(). + changed with ft_DateCnfg(). $EXAMPLES$ - aDateInfo := FT_DAYOFYR( SToD( "19910331" ) ) + aDateInfo := ft_DayOfYr( SToD( "19910331" ) ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 1991090 (90th day of year 1991) ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 01/01/91 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 12/31/91 - aDateInfo := FT_DAYOFYR( , 90 ) // assume current date is 3/31/91 + aDateInfo := ft_DayOfYr( , 90 ) // assume current date is 3/31/91 ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 03/31/91 (90th day of year) ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 01/01/91 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 12/31/91 - aDateInfo := FT_DAYOFYR( , 90, .T. ) + aDateInfo := ft_DayOfYr( , 90, .T. ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 03/29/91 (90th day of accounting year) ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 12/30/90 (1st day of accounting year) ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 12/28/91 (last day of accounting year) $SEEALSO$ - FT_DATECNFG() + ft_DateCnfg() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/daytobow.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/daytobow.txt index a0e1a44e0b..f347ae82cb 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/daytobow.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/daytobow.txt @@ -4,37 +4,37 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DAYTOBOW() + ft_DayToBoW() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Calculate no. of days between date and beginning of week $SYNTAX$ - FT_DAYTOBOW( [ ] ) -> nDays + ft_DayToBoW( [ ] ) -> nDays $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any valid date format. Defaults to current date if not supplied. $RETURNS$ A positive number of days to beginning of week, range 0 to 6. $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_DAYTOBOW() returns the number of days to the beginning of the + ft_DayToBoW() returns the number of days to the beginning of the week. Normally this will be one less than the value that - would be returned by the Clipper function DOW(), unless the + would be returned by the Clipper function DoW(), unless the day for the beginning of the week has been changed with - FT_DATECNFG(). + ft_DateCnfg(). $EXAMPLES$ dDate := SToD( "19900915" ) ? DoW( dDate ) // 7 ? CDoW( dDate ) // Saturday - ? FT_DAYTOBOW( dDate ) // 6 + ? ft_DayToBoW( dDate ) // 6 // change beginning of week to Friday (yeah!) - FT_DATECNFG( , 6 ) + ft_DateCnfg( , 6 ) ? DoW( dDate ) // 7 ? CDoW( dDate ) // Saturday - ? FT_DAYTOBOW( dDate ) // 1 + ? ft_DayToBoW( dDate ) // 1 $SEEALSO$ - FT_DATECNFG() FT_ACCTWEEK() FT_WEEK() + ft_DateCnfg() ft_AcctWeek() ft_Week() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dectobin.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dectobin.txt index 9986d0c26a..05a6f0fb38 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dectobin.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dectobin.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DEC2BIN() + ft_Dec2Bin() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Convert decimal to binary $SYNTAX$ - FT_DEC2BIN( ) -> cBinaryNumber + ft_Dec2Bin( ) -> cBinaryNumber $ARGUMENTS$ is the numeric expression to be converted. $RETURNS$ @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ This function can be used in conjunction with any bit-wise operations. $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_DEC2BIN( 255 ) // "11111111" - ? FT_DEC2BIN( 2 ) // "00000010" + ? ft_Dec2Bin( 255 ) // "11111111" + ? ft_Dec2Bin( 2 ) // "00000010" $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/default.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/default.txt index a416f5e71e..491c244033 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/default.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/default.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DEFAULT() + ft_Default() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Retrieve and optionally change the current default drive $SYNTAX$ - FT_DEFAULT( [ ] ) -> cDrive + ft_Default( [ ] ) -> cDrive $ARGUMENTS$ is optional, and if specified is the new default drive. $RETURNS$ @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ Useful any time you need to know or change the default drive. $EXAMPLES$ - cDrive := FT_DEFAULT() // Get the current drive - FT_DEFAULT( "C" ) // Switch to drive C + cDrive := ft_Default() // Get the current drive + ft_Default( "C" ) // Switch to drive C - IF !( FT_DEFAULT( "E" ) == "E" ) + IF !( ft_Default( "E" ) == "E" ) QOut( "Drive E does not exist!" ) ENDIF $END$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/descendn.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/descendn.txt index f736ca29e3..5ae1ed96d9 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/descendn.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/descendn.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_Descend() + ft_Descend() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Create a descending index key value $SYNTAX$ - FT_Descend( ) -> + ft_Descend( ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ is any expression of character, numeric, date, or logical type. $RETURNS$ @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ This function is a replacement for CA-Cl*pper's Descend() function, which is known to produce memory corruption occassionally. $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_Descend( 1 ) // Returns -1 + ? ft_Descend( 1 ) // Returns -1 $SEEALSO$ - FT_XTOY() + ft_XToY() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dfile.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dfile.txt index 43db212ea7..cd5bd996b3 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dfile.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dfile.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DFSETUP() + ft_DFSetup() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ - Set up parameters for FT_DISPFILE() + Set up parameters for ft_DispFile() $SYNTAX$ - FT_DFSETUP( , , , , , ; + ft_DFSetup( , , , , , ; , , , , ; , , , ) -> nResult $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -42,46 +42,46 @@ $EXAMPLES$ @ 4, 9 TO 11, 71 - FT_DFSETUP( "test.txt", 5, 10, 10, 70, 1, 7, 15, ; + ft_DFSetup( "test.txt", 5, 10, 10, 70, 1, 7, 15, ; "AaBb" + Chr( 143 ), .T., 5, 132, 4096 ) - cKey := FT_DISPFILE() + cKey := ft_DispFile() - FT_DFCLOSE() + ft_DFClose() - @ 20, 0 SAY "Key that terminated FT_DISPFILE() was: " + "[" + cKey + "]" + @ 20, 0 SAY "Key that terminated ft_DispFile() was: " + "[" + cKey + "]" $SEEALSO$ - FT_DISPFILE() FT_DFCLOSE() + ft_DispFile() ft_DFClose() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DFCLOSE() + ft_DFClose() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ - Close file displayed by FT_DISPFILE() + Close file displayed by ft_DispFile() $SYNTAX$ - FT_DFCLOSE() -> NIL + ft_DFClose() -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ NIL $DESCRIPTION$ - Closes the file opened by FT_DFSETUP() + Closes the file opened by ft_DFSetup() $EXAMPLES$ @ 4, 9 TO 11, 71 - FT_DFSETUP( "test.txt", 5, 10, 10, 70, 1, 7, 15, ; + ft_DFSetup( "test.txt", 5, 10, 10, 70, 1, 7, 15, ; "AaBb" + Chr( 143 ), .T., 5, 132, 4096 ) - cKey := FT_DISPFILE() + cKey := ft_DispFile() - FT_DFCLOSE() + ft_DFClose() - @ 20, 0 SAY "Key that terminated FT_DISPFILE() was: " + "[" + cKey + "]" + @ 20, 0 SAY "Key that terminated ft_DispFile() was: " + "[" + cKey + "]" $SEEALSO$ - FT_DFSETUP() FT_DISPFILE() + ft_DFSetup() ft_DispFile() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/diskfunc.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/diskfunc.txt index 546fb126d8..0004c31a9b 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/diskfunc.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/diskfunc.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DSKSIZE() + ft_DskSize() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Return the maximum capacity of a fixed disk $SYNTAX$ - FT_DSKSIZE( [ ] ) -> nMaxCapacity + ft_DskSize( [ ] ) -> nMaxCapacity $ARGUMENTS$ is the fixed disk to query. If no drive is sent, the operation will be performed on the default drive. Send without @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ $RETURNS$ An integer representing the maximum disk capacity in bytes. $DESCRIPTION$ - Function utilizing FT_INT86() to return Maximum Disk Size. - Uses FT_INT86() through the internal function _ftDiskInfo(). + Function utilizing ft_int86() to return Maximum Disk Size. + Uses ft_int86() through the internal function _ftDiskInfo(). $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_DSKSIZE() // Maximum capacity for default drive - ? FT_DSKSIZE( "D" ) // Maximum capacity for Drive D: + ? ft_DskSize() // Maximum capacity for default drive + ? ft_DskSize( "D" ) // Maximum capacity for Drive D: $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DSKFREE() + ft_DskFree() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Return the amount of available disk space $SYNTAX$ - FT_DSKFREE( [ ] ) -> nSpaceAvail + ft_DskFree( [ ] ) -> nSpaceAvail $ARGUMENTS$ is the fixed disk to query. If no parameter is passed the operation will be performed on the default drive. Do not @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Function to return the available space on the passed drive letter or the default drive if no drive is passed. - Uses FT_INT86() through the internal function _ftDiskInfo(). + Uses ft_int86() through the internal function _ftDiskInfo(). $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_DSKFREE() // Returns free space on default drive. + ? ft_DskFree() // Returns free space on default drive. $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispc.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispc.txt index 82654f6ca8..53800bb2a9 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispc.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispc.txt @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DISPFILE() + ft_DispFile() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Browse a text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_DISPFILE() -> cExitkey + ft_DispFile() -> cExitkey $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ - The ASCII keystroke that terminated FT_DISPFILE() + The ASCII keystroke that terminated ft_DispFile() $DESCRIPTION$ This routine displays a text file within a defined window using as little memory as possible. The text file to display has to be @@ -50,15 +50,15 @@ $EXAMPLES$ @ 4, 9 TO 11, 71 - FT_DFSETUP( "test.txt", 5, 10, 10, 70, 1, 7, 15, ; + ft_DFSetup( "test.txt", 5, 10, 10, 70, 1, 7, 15, ; "AaBb" + Chr( 143 ), .T., 5, 132, 4096 ) - cKey := FT_DISPFILE() + cKey := ft_DispFile() - FT_DFCLOSE() + ft_DFClose() - @ 20, 0 SAY "Key that terminated FT_DISPFILE() was: " + "[" + cKey + "]" + @ 20, 0 SAY "Key that terminated ft_DispFile() was: " + "[" + cKey + "]" $SEEALSO$ - FT_DFSETUP() FT_DFCLOSE() + ft_DFSetup() ft_DFClose() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispmsg.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispmsg.txt index 52fb4a23cb..c8309242a1 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispmsg.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dispmsg.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_DISPMSG() + ft_DispMsg() $CATEGORY$ Menus/Prompts $ONELINER$ Display a message and optionally waits for a keypress $SYNTAX$ - FT_DISPMSG( , [ ], + ft_DispMsg( , [ ], [ ], [ ], [ ], [ ] ) -> lKeyMatch $ARGUMENTS$ @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ is a character string of one or more keys to check for. If omitted, the message is displayed and control is returned to the calling procedure. If one character is specified, - FT_DISPMSG() waits for one keypress, restores the screen and - returns. If multiple characters are specified, FT_DISPMSG() + ft_DispMsg() waits for one keypress, restores the screen and + returns. If multiple characters are specified, ft_DispMsg() remains in a loop until one of the specified keys has been pressed, then restores the screen and returns. @@ -47,25 +47,25 @@ box is centered horizontally. is a string of characters or a variable for the box - border. See the DISPBOX() function. If omitted, a double box is + border. See the DispBox() function. If omitted, a double box is drawn. is a logical variable. If true (.T.) or omitted, it - uses FT_SHADOW() to add a transparent shadow to the box. If + uses ft_Shadow() to add a transparent shadow to the box. If false (.F.), the box is drawn without the shadow. $RETURNS$ - If is not specified, FT_DISPMSG() will return false + If is not specified, ft_DispMsg() will return false (.F.). - If is a one-character string, FT_DISPMSG() will return + If is a one-character string, ft_DispMsg() will return true (.T.) if the user presses that key, or false (.F.) if any other key is pressed. If consists of multiple characters, it will lock the user in a loop until one of those keys are pressed and return the - INKEY() value of the keypress. + Inkey() value of the keypress. $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_DISPMSG() is a multi-purpose pop-up for user messages. + ft_DispMsg() is a multi-purpose pop-up for user messages. Multiple lines may be displayed, each with a different attribute. The box will be automatically centered on the screen, or the row and/or column can be specified by the programmer. It also centers @@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ // The following example displays a simple two-line message // and returns immediately to the calling routine. - FT_DISPMSG( { { "Printing Report", ; + ft_DispMsg( { { "Printing Report", ; "Press [ESC] To Interrupt" }, ; { "W+/B*", "W/B", "GR+/B" } } ) // The next example displays a message and waits for a key press. - FT_DISPMSG( { { "Press [D] To Confirm Deletion", ; + ft_DispMsg( { { "Press [D] To Confirm Deletion", ; "Or Any Other Key To Abort" }, ; { "W+/B", "W+/B", "GR+/B" } }, ; "D" ) @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ // The next example displays a one-line message centered on row 5 // and returns to the calling procedure. - FT_DISPMSG( { { "Please Do Not Interrupt" }, ; + ft_DispMsg( { { "Please Do Not Interrupt" }, ; { "W+/B", "GR+/B" } }, ; , 5, ) $END$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dosver.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dosver.txt index a23deb777c..6a2bc15427 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dosver.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/dosver.txt @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ $ONELINER$ Return the current DOS major and minor version as a string $SYNTAX$ - FT_DOSVER() -> + ft_DosVer() -> $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ A character string with the major version number first, a period ("."), then the minor version number (e.g., "3.30") $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_DOSVER() invokes DOS interrupt 21h, service 30 in order to + ft_DosVer() invokes DOS interrupt 21h, service 30 in order to return the current DOS version. It does this by setting up an array corresponding to machine registers and then calling - the toolkit function FT_INT86(). + the toolkit function ft_int86(). It returns a character string corresponding to the DOS version, as follows: The major version, a period ("."), then @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ $EXAMPLES$ PROCEDURE Main() - ? "Dos version: " + FT_DOSVER() + ? "Dos version: " + ft_DosVer() RETURN $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/e2d.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/e2d.txt index 2bc96be0d5..43bae0982a 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/e2d.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/e2d.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_E2D() + ft_E2D() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Convert scientific notation string to a decimal $SYNTAX$ - FT_E2D( ) -> + ft_E2D( ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ Scientific notation string to convert $RETURNS$ @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ Given a string in the format x.yEz, the decimal equivalent is returned. $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_E2D( "1.23E1" ) // -> 12.3 + ? ft_E2D( "1.23E1" ) // -> 12.3 - ? FT_E2D( "-1.235E1" ) // -> -12.35 + ? ft_E2D( "-1.235E1" ) // -> -12.35 - ? ft_d2e( "5.43E-6" ) // -> 0.0000543 + ? ft_D2E( "5.43E-6" ) // -> 0.0000543 $SEEALSO$ - FT_D2E() + ft_D2E() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/easter.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/easter.txt index 5be2a5fda3..e4b630378d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/easter.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/easter.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_EASTER() + ft_Easter() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return the date of Easter $SYNTAX$ - FT_EASTER( ) -> dEdate + ft_Easter( ) -> dEdate $ARGUMENTS$ xYear can be a character, date or numeric describing the year for which you wish to receive the date of Easter. @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@ This function can be useful in calender type programs that indicate when holidays occur. $EXAMPLES$ - dEdate := FT_EASTER( 1990 ) // returns 04/15/1990 + dEdate := ft_Easter( 1990 ) // returns 04/15/1990 $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapmil.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapmil.txt index eda09a27eb..0140cc654d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapmil.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapmil.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ELAPMIN() + ft_ElapMin() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return difference, in minutes, between two mil format times. $SYNTAX$ - FT_ELAPMIN( , ) -> nMINUTES + ft_ElapMin( , ) -> nMINUTES $ARGUMENTS$ character strings of military form "hhmm", where 0<=hh<24. @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ (time 2 - time 1). If time 2 is smaller than time 1, a NEGATIVE value is returned. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_ELAPMIN( "1718", "2040" ) -> 322 - FT_ELAPMIN( "2040", "1718" ) -> -322 + ft_ElapMin( "1718", "2040" ) -> 322 + ft_ElapMin( "2040", "1718" ) -> -322 $SEEALSO$ - FT_ELTIME() FT_MIL2MIN() FT_MIN2MIL() + ft_ElTime() ft_Mil2Min() ft_Min2Mil() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapsed.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapsed.txt index 1e18b2a81e..536007e0e1 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapsed.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/elapsed.txt @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ELAPSED() + ft_Elapsed() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return elapsed time between two days and/or times $SYNTAX$ - FT_ELAPSED([ ], [ ], ; + ft_Elapsed([ ], [ ], ; , ) -> aTimedata $ARGUMENTS$ - is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to DATE(). + is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to Date(). - is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to DATE(). + is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to Date(). is a valid Time string of the format 'hh:mm:ss' where hh is hours in 24-hour format. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ $RETURNS$ A two-dimensional array containing elapsed time data. $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_ELAPSED() calculates the elapsed time between two Date/Time events. + ft_Elapsed() calculates the elapsed time between two Date/Time events. It returns an array which contains the following data: @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ aRetVal[ 3, 1 ] Integer Minutes aRetVal[ 3, 2 ] Total Minutes (nn.nnnn) aRetVal[ 4, 1 ] Integer Seconds aRetVal[ 4, 2 ] Total Seconds (nn) $EXAMPLES$ - FT_ELAPSED( SToD( "19901128" ), SToD( "19901130" ), "08:00:00", "12:10:30" ) + ft_Elapsed( SToD( "19901128" ), SToD( "19901130" ), "08:00:00", "12:10:30" ) // will return: ? aRetVal[ 1, 1 ] // -> 2 ( Days ) aRetVal[ 1, 2 ] -> 2.1740 Days diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/eltime.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/eltime.txt index 19a9fcb7b4..da2a40c67e 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/eltime.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/eltime.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ELTIME() + ft_ElTime() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Compute difference between times in hours, minutes, seconds. $SYNTAX$ - FT_ELTIME( , ) -> cDiff + ft_ElTime( , ) -> cDiff $ARGUMENTS$ character strings representing times in hh:mm:ss format. @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Return the absolute difference between two times in hh:mm:ss format in character hours, minutes and seconds (hh:mm:ss). $EXAMPLES$ - FT_ELTIME( "22:40:12", "23:55:17" ) // 01:15:05 - FT_ELTIME( "23:55:17", "22:40:12" ) // 01:15:05 + ft_ElTime( "22:40:12", "23:55:17" ) // 01:15:05 + ft_ElTime( "23:55:17", "22:40:12" ) // 01:15:05 $SEEALSO$ - FT_ELAPMIN() FT_MIL2MIN() FT_MIN2MIL() + ft_ElapMin() ft_Mil2Min() ft_Min2Mil() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/findith.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/findith.txt index 1a3ec01ee5..201efd6daa 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/findith.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/findith.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FINDITH() + ft_FindITh() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Find the "ith" occurrence of a substring within a string $SYNTAX$ - FT_FINDITH( , , ; + ft_FindITh( , , ; [, ] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ is the string to search for. @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ // the 10th Occurrence of "the", case // insensitive - nNextPosition := FT_FINDITH( "the", cMemoString, 10 ) + nNextPosition := ft_FindITh( "the", cMemoString, 10 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_AT2() + ft_At2() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/firstday.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/firstday.txt index 6d1a508446..e919c3ecbc 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/firstday.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/firstday.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FDAY() + ft_FDay() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return first day of the month $SYNTAX$ - FT_FDAY( [ ] ) -> dFirstDay + ft_FDay( [ ] ) -> dFirstDay $ARGUMENTS$ is a date within a month for which you want to find the first date of that month. If not passed or is an incorrect type, @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ supplied. $EXAMPLES$ dDate := SToD( "19900915" ) - ? FT_FDAY( dDate ) // 09/01/90 - ? FT_FDAY() // 03/01/91 (current month) + ? ft_FDay( dDate ) // 09/01/90 + ? ft_FDay() // 03/01/91 (current month) $SEEALSO$ - FT_LDAY() + ft_LDay() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/floptst.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/floptst.txt index 41f6d73555..5031d6ee83 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/floptst.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/floptst.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FLOPTST() + ft_FlopTst() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Test diskette drive status $SYNTAX$ - FT_FLOPTST( ) -> nStatus + ft_FlopTst( ) -> nStatus $ARGUMENTS$ is the diskette drive number, 0 = A:, 1 = B: $RETURNS$ @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ 3 - Write protected 4 - Undetermined $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_FLOPTST() is designed as a full replacement for ISDRIVE(). Where + ft_FlopTst() is designed as a full replacement for ISDRIVE(). Where ISDRIVE() returns just .T. or .F. depending if the diskette drive is - ready or not, FT_FLOPTST() returns a numeric code designating the + ready or not, ft_FlopTst() returns a numeric code designating the diskette drive's status. - FT_FLOPTST() is particularly useful in backup and restore programs + ft_FlopTst() is particularly useful in backup and restore programs that need to test the floppy drive before writing/reading from a floppy disk. @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ should be no problems. This function does not currently check subst'd drives. So if you - have SUBST E: A:\ then FT_FLOPTST( Asc( "E" ) - Asc( "A" ) ) == 4 + have SUBST E: A:\ then ft_FlopTst( Asc( "E" ) - Asc( "A" ) ) == 4 Any suggestions to fix this limitation are appreciated. $EXAMPLES$ - iStatus := FT_FLOPTST( 0 ) + iStatus := ft_FlopTst( 0 ) DO CASE CASE iStatus == 1 ? "The door to drive A is open." diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ftattr.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ftattr.txt index af8a28a84c..13e9235282 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ftattr.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ftattr.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_SAVEATT() + ft_SaveAtt() $CATEGORY$ Video $ONELINER$ Save the attribute bytes of a specified screen region. $SYNTAX$ - FT_SAVEATT( , , , ) -> cAttributes + ft_SaveAtt( , , , ) -> cAttributes $ARGUMENTS$ , , , and define the screen region. $RETURNS$ @@ -29,29 +29,29 @@ to use internals, then this function isn't for you. $EXAMPLES$ // Save attributes of row 4 - cBuffer := FT_SAVEATT( 4, 0, 4, MaxCol() ) + cBuffer := ft_SaveAtt( 4, 0, 4, MaxCol() ) // Save attributes from middle of screen - cBuffer := FT_SAVEATT( 10, 20, 14, 59 ) + cBuffer := ft_SaveAtt( 10, 20, 14, 59 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_RESTATT() + ft_RestAtt() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_RESTATT() + ft_RestAtt() $CATEGORY$ Video $ONELINER$ Restore the attribute bytes of a specified screen region. $SYNTAX$ - FT_RESTATT( , , , , ) -> NIL + ft_RestAtt( , , , , ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ , , , and define the screen region. is a character string containing the attribute bytes for the screen region. This will most often be a string - previously returned by FT_SAVEATT(), but any character + previously returned by ft_SaveAtt(), but any character string may be used (provided it is of the proper size). $RETURNS$ NIL @@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ internals, then this function isn't for you. $EXAMPLES$ // Restore attributes of row 4 - FT_RESTATT( 4, 0, 4, MaxCol(), cBuffer ) + ft_RestAtt( 4, 0, 4, MaxCol(), cBuffer ) // Restore attributes to middle of screen - FT_RESTATT( 10, 20, 14, 59, cBuffer ) + ft_RestAtt( 10, 20, 14, 59, cBuffer ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_SAVEATT() + ft_SaveAtt() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/fttext.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/fttext.txt index ceccfd2dbf..0e3a342fd6 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/fttext.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/fttext.txt @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FUSE() + ft_FUse() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Open or close a text file for use by the FT_F* functions $SYNTAX$ - FT_FUSE( [ ] [, ] ) -> nHandle | 0 + ft_FUse( [ ] [, ] ) -> nHandle | 0 $ARGUMENTS$ ^b^n is the text file you want to open. If not specified, the file currently open, if any, will be closed. ^b^n is the open mode for the file. Please refer to the - discussion of open modes under FOPEN() in the Clipper manual + discussion of open modes under FOpen() in the Clipper manual and fileio.ch for a list of allowable open modes. If not specified, the file will be opened with a mode of FO_READ + FO_SHARED (64). @@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ If ^b^n is passed and the file is opened successfully, an integer containing the text file's workarea. If the file cannot be opened, -1 will be returned. In this case, check the return value - of ^bft_fError()^n for the cause of the error. + of ^bft_FError()^n for the cause of the error. - If FT_FUSE() is called without any arguments, it will close the + If ft_FUse() is called without any arguments, it will close the text file in the current "text area" and return 0. - If a read error occurs ^ft_fError()^n will contain the error code. + If a read error occurs ^ft_FError()^n will contain the error code. $DESCRIPTION$ The FT_F*() file functions are for reading text files, that is, @@ -47,28 +47,28 @@ #include "fileio.ch" // open a text file for reading - ft_fUse( "text.txt" ) + ft_FUse( "text.txt" ) // open a text file for reading and writing - ft_fUse( "text.txt", FO_READWRITE + FO_SHARED ) + ft_FUse( "text.txt", FO_READWRITE + FO_SHARED ) // close file - ft_fUse() + ft_FUse() $SEEALSO$ - FT_FUSE() FT_FSELECT() + ft_FUse() ft_FSelect() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FSELECT() + ft_FSelect() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Select a text file workarea $SYNTAX$ - FT_FSELECT( [ ] ) -> nPreviousArea + ft_FSelect( [ ] ) -> nPreviousArea $ARGUMENTS$ ^b^n is the text file workarea to select. @@ -97,31 +97,31 @@ database workareas. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_FSELECT( 1 ) + ft_FSelect( 1 ) - nFile1 := FT_FUSE( "temp.c" ) + nFile1 := ft_FUse( "temp.c" ) - ? FT_FLASTRE() // no. of lines in temp.c + ? ft_FLastRe() // no. of lines in temp.c - FT_FSELECT( 2 ) + ft_FSelect( 2 ) - nFile2 := FT_FUSE( "temp.h" ) + nFile2 := ft_FUse( "temp.h" ) - ? FT_FLASTRE() // no. of lines in temp.h + ? ft_FLastRe() // no. of lines in temp.h $SEEALSO$ - FT_FUSE() + ft_FUse() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FGOTOP() + ft_FGoTop() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Go to the first record in a text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FGOTOP() -> NIL + ft_FGoTop() -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ None @@ -136,33 +136,33 @@ A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_FUSE( "text.c" ) // open text file + ft_FUse( "text.c" ) // open text file - DO WHILE ! FT_FEOF() + DO WHILE ! ft_FEof() - ? FT_FREADLN() // read thru file + ? ft_FReadLn() // read thru file - FT_FSKIP() + ft_FSkip() ENDDO - FT_FGOTOP() // go back to top + ft_FGoTop() // go back to top - ? FT_FRECNO() // 1 + ? ft_FRecNo() // 1 $SEEALSO$ - FT_FSELECT() FT_FUSE() FT_FRECNO() FT_FGOBOT() + ft_FSelect() ft_FUse() ft_FRecNo() ft_FGoBot() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FERROR() + ft_FError() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Return the error code for a text file operation $SYNTAX$ - FT_FERROR() -> nErrorNo + ft_FError() -> nErrorNo $ARGUMENTS$ None @@ -179,8 +179,8 @@ among others. $EXAMPLES$ - IF ft_fUse( "text.c" ) < 0 // open text file - err := ft_fError() + IF ft_FUse( "text.c" ) < 0 // open text file + err := ft_FError() ? "Error opening file 'text.c', error code (" + ; hb_ntos( err ) + ")" ENDIF @@ -191,13 +191,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FRECNO() + ft_FRecNo() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Return the current record number of a text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FRECNO() -> nRecNo + ft_FRecNo() -> nRecNo $ARGUMENTS$ None @@ -212,33 +212,33 @@ A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_FUSE( "text.c" ) // open text file + ft_FUse( "text.c" ) // open text file - DO WHILE ! FT_FEOF() + DO WHILE ! ft_FEof() - ? FT_FREADLN() // read thru file + ? ft_FReadLn() // read thru file - FT_FSKIP() + ft_FSkip() ENDDO - FT_FGOTOP() // go back to top + ft_FGoTop() // go back to top - ? FT_FRECNO() // 1 + ? ft_FRecNo() // 1 $SEEALSO$ - FT_FSELECT() FT_FUSE() FT_FGOTOP() FT_FGOBOT() + ft_FSelect() ft_FUse() ft_FGoTop() ft_FGoBot() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FGOBOT() + ft_FGoBot() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Go to the last record in a text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FGOBOT() -> NIL + ft_FGoBot() -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ None @@ -250,31 +250,31 @@ This function moves the record pointer to the last record of the file in the currently selected text file workarea. - If a read error occurs ^ft_fError()^n will contain the error code. + If a read error occurs ^ft_FError()^n will contain the error code. A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ // read last line - FT_FUSE( "text.c" ) + ft_FUse( "text.c" ) - FT_FGOBOT() + ft_FGoBot() - ? FT_FREADLN() + ? ft_FReadLn() $SEEALSO$ - FT_FSELECT() FT_FUSE() FT_FGOTOP() FT_FRECNO() FT_FREADLN() + ft_FSelect() ft_FUse() ft_FGoTop() ft_FRecNo() ft_FReadLn() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FSKIP() + ft_FSkip() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Move the record pointer to a new position in a text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FSKIP( [ ] ) -> nLinesSkipped + ft_FSkip( [ ] ) -> nLinesSkipped $ARGUMENTS$ is the number of lines to skip. Defaults to 1 if @@ -293,36 +293,36 @@ skipped, for example to write a custom skipper function for TBrowse'g text files. - If a read error occurs ^ft_fError()^n will contain the error code. + If a read error occurs ^ft_FError()^n will contain the error code. A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ // display each record of a text file - FT_FUSE( "text.c" ) + ft_FUse( "text.c" ) - DO WHILE ! FT_FEOF() + DO WHILE ! ft_FEof() - ? FT_FREADLN() + ? ft_FReadLn() - FT_FSKIP() + ft_FSkip() ENDDO $SEEALSO$ - FT_FRECNO() FT_FGOTOP() + ft_FRecNo() ft_FGoTop() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FREADLN() + ft_FReadLn() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Read a line from the currently selected text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FREADLN() -> cLine + ft_FReadLn() -> cLine $ARGUMENTS$ None @@ -339,38 +339,38 @@ increase the maximum record size by changing the value of ^b#define ^bBUFFSIZE^n in the C source and recompiling, however you should consider the performance implications if you do (all read and writes - use this buffer size, including ft_fSkip()'s and ft_fGoto()'s). + use this buffer size, including ft_FSkip()'s and ft_FGoto()'s). - If a read error occurs ^ft_fError()^n will contain the error code. + If a read error occurs ^ft_FError()^n will contain the error code. A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ // display each record of a text file - FT_FUSE( "text.c" ) + ft_FUse( "text.c" ) - DO WHILE ! FT_FEOF() + DO WHILE ! ft_FEof() - ? FT_FREADLN() + ? ft_FReadLn() - FT_FSKIP() + ft_FSkip() ENDDO $SEEALSO$ - FT_FUSE() FT_FWRITELN() FT_FRECNO() FT_FGOTOP() + ft_FUse() ft_FWriteLn() ft_FRecNo() ft_FGoTop() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FDELETE() + ft_FDelete() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Deletes a line from the currently selected text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FDELETE( [ ] ) -> lSuccess + ft_FDelete( [ ] ) -> lSuccess $ARGUMENTS$ ^b^n is the number of lines to be eliminated, beginning with @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ If ^b^n is omitted, the current record is deleted only. $RETURNS$ - TRUE if successful, otherwise check ^ft_fError()^n for error code. + TRUE if successful, otherwise check ^ft_FError()^n for error code. $DESCRIPTION$ This function deletes one or several lines of text from the file @@ -391,23 +391,23 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // delete the next 4 lines from a file - FT_FUSE( "test.txt" ) + ft_FUse( "test.txt" ) - FT_FDELETE( 4 ) + ft_FDelete( 4 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_FAPPEND() FT_FRECNO() FT_FINSERT() + ft_FAppend() ft_FRecNo() ft_FInsert() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FINSERT() + ft_FInsert() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Inserts a line in the currently selected text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FINSERT( [ ] ) -> lSuccess + ft_FInsert( [ ] ) -> lSuccess $ARGUMENTS$ ^b^n is the number of lines that should be inserted at the @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ $RETURNS$ ^blSuccess^n is TRUE if the insert succeeded, FALSE if not. If - false check the return value of ^bft_fError()^n for the reason. + false check the return value of ^bft_FError()^n for the reason. $DESCRIPTION$ This function inserts a line of text in the file in the currently @@ -431,25 +431,25 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // add a couple of blank lines of text to a file - ft_fUse( "test.txt" ) + ft_FUse( "test.txt" ) - ft_fGoTo( 10 ) + ft_FGoto( 10 ) - ft_fInsert( 5 ) + ft_FInsert( 5 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_FAPPEND() FT_FRECNO() FT_FDELETE() FT_FLASTRE() + ft_FAppend() ft_FRecNo() ft_FDelete() ft_FLastRe() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FAPPEND() + ft_FAppend() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Appends a line to the currently selected text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FAPPEND( [ < nLines > ] ) -> NIL + ft_FAppend( [ < nLines > ] ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the number of lines that should be appended to the @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ If is omitted, one record is appended. $RETURNS$ - lSuccess. If FALSE, check ^bft_fError()^n for the error code. + lSuccess. If FALSE, check ^bft_FError()^n for the error code. $DESCRIPTION$ This function appends a line of text to the file in the currently @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ CRLF pair. The record pointer is moved to the last appended record. - Multiple lines may be appended with one call to FT_FAPPEND(). + Multiple lines may be appended with one call to ft_FAppend(). A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. Each line appended with this function will be empty. @@ -476,32 +476,32 @@ these stragglers to be the last line of the file, and begins appending the new lines after this line. In other words, if the last line in the text file is not terminated with a CRLF pair prior - to calling FT_FAPPEND(), the function will terminate that last line + to calling ft_FAppend(), the function will terminate that last line before appending any new lines. $EXAMPLES$ // add a blank line of text to a file - FT_FUSE( "test.txt" ) + ft_FUse( "test.txt" ) - ? FT_FRECNO() // displays 5 + ? ft_FRecNo() // displays 5 - FT_FAPPEND() + ft_FAppend() - ? FT_FRECNO() // displays 6 + ? ft_FRecNo() // displays 6 $SEEALSO$ - FT_FRECNO() FT_FDELETE() FT_FINSERT() FT_FLASTRE() + ft_FRecNo() ft_FDelete() ft_FInsert() ft_FLastRe() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FWRITELN() + ft_FWriteLn() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Write a line to the currently selected text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FWRITELN( < cData >, [ < lInsert > ] ) -> lSuccess + ft_FWriteLn( < cData >, [ < lInsert > ] ) -> lSuccess $ARGUMENTS$ is a string of data to write to the file at the current @@ -510,13 +510,13 @@ is a logical indicating whether the contents of the current record are to be preserved, that is, if lInsert evaluates to .T., the a new record is inserted at the current - position. The current record then is pushed down to FT_FRECNO()+1. + position. The current record then is pushed down to ft_FRecNo()+1. If lInsert is .F. or omitted, the current record is replaced by cData. $RETURNS$ - TRUE if successful, otherwise check ^ft_fError()^n for error code. + TRUE if successful, otherwise check ^ft_FError()^n for error code. $DESCRIPTION$ This function writes a line of text to the file in the currently @@ -528,36 +528,36 @@ Writing a null string has the effect of clearing the current line if in overstrike mode, else inserting a new line (same as - FT_FINSERT()). + ft_FInsert()). A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ // write a line of text to a file - FT_FUSE( "config.sys" ) + ft_FUse( "config.sys" ) - DO WHILE Upper( FT_FREADLN() ) != "FILES=" .AND. ! F_FEOF() + DO WHILE Upper( ft_FReadLn() ) != "FILES=" .AND. ! F_FEOF() - FT_FSKIP() + ft_FSkip() ENDDO - FT_FWRITELN( "FILES=30", FT_FEOF() ) + ft_FWriteLn( "FILES=30", ft_FEof() ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_FREADLN() FT_FRECNO() FT_FINSERT() FT_FDELETE() + ft_FReadLn() ft_FRecNo() ft_FInsert() ft_FDelete() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FLASTRE() + ft_FLastRe() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Get the no. of records in the currently selected text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FLASTRE() -> nLastRecordNum + ft_FLastRe() -> nLastRecordNum $ARGUMENTS$ None @@ -573,23 +573,23 @@ A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_FUSE( "text.c" ) + ft_FUse( "text.c" ) - ? FT_FLASTRE() + ? ft_FLastRe() $SEEALSO$ - FT_FUSE() FT_FRECNO() + ft_FUse() ft_FRecNo() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FEOF() + ft_FEof() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Determine if end of text file has been encountered $SYNTAX$ - FT_FEOF() -> lResult + ft_FEof() -> lResult $ARGUMENTS$ None @@ -604,27 +604,27 @@ A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_FUSE( "fttext.c" ) + ft_FUse( "fttext.c" ) - ? FT_FEOF() // .F. + ? ft_FEof() // .F. - FT_FSKIP() + ft_FSkip() - ? FT_FEOF() // .T. + ? ft_FEof() // .T. $SEEALSO$ - FT_FUSE() FT_FSKIP() + ft_FUse() ft_FSkip() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FBOF() + ft_FBof() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Determine if attempt to skip past beginning of text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FBOF() -> lResult + ft_FBof() -> lResult $ARGUMENTS$ None @@ -639,29 +639,29 @@ A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_FUSE( "fttext.c" ) + ft_FUse( "fttext.c" ) - FT_FGOTOP() + ft_FGoTop() - ? FT_FBOF() // .F. + ? ft_FBof() // .F. - FT_FSKIP( -1 ) + ft_FSkip( -1 ) - ? FT_FBOF() // .T. + ? ft_FBof() // .T. $SEEALSO$ - FT_FSKIP() FT_EOF() FT_GOTOP() + ft_FSkip() FT_EOF() FT_GOTOP() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FGOTO() + ft_FGoto() $CATEGORY$ File I/O $ONELINER$ Move record pointer to specific record in a text file $SYNTAX$ - FT_FGOTO( nLine ) -> NIL + ft_FGoto( nLine ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the record number to go to. @@ -679,23 +679,23 @@ Internally, the function operates differently depending on how you invoke it. Passing a value for ^b^n results in what is effectively a skip operation, which is fairly quick. However - if you pass 0 for ^b^n, e.g. ft_fGoTo( 0 ), the function + if you pass 0 for ^b^n, e.g. ft_FGoto( 0 ), the function internally goes to the top of the file, then skips down the required number of records. Hence if your file is relatively large and the current record is a high number, you may see some - delay as ft_fGoTo(0) skips through the file. + delay as ft_FGoto(0) skips through the file. A text file "record" is a line of text terminated by a CRLF pair. $EXAMPLES$ // read 5th line of text from file - ft_fUse( "fttext.c" ) + ft_FUse( "fttext.c" ) - ft_fGoTo( 5 ) + ft_FGoto( 5 ) - cText := ft_fReadLN() + cText := ft_FReadLn() $SEEALSO$ - FT_FRECNO() FT_FGOTOP() FT_FREADLN() + ft_FRecNo() ft_FGoTop() ft_FReadLn() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/gcd.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/gcd.txt index 7c26e18412..2abc3c2154 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/gcd.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/gcd.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_GCD() + ft_GCD() $CATEGORY$ Math $ONELINER$ Calculate greatest common divisor of two numbers $SYNTAX$ - FT_GCD( , ) -> nGCD + ft_GCD( , ) -> nGCD $ARGUMENTS$ is the first number to find the GCD of. @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ i.e., the largest number that will divide into both numbers evenly. It will return zero (0) if either number is zero. $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_GCD( 10, 15 ) // Result: 5 - ? FT_GCD( 108, 54 ) // Result: 54 - ? FT_GCD( 102, 54 ) // Result: 6 - ? FT_GCD( 111, 17 ) // Result: 1 + ? ft_GCD( 10, 15 ) // Result: 5 + ? ft_GCD( 108, 54 ) // Result: 54 + ? ft_GCD( 102, 54 ) // Result: 6 + ? ft_GCD( 111, 17 ) // Result: 1 $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/getenvrn.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/getenvrn.txt index 3e0f1aa9c2..46a6ffc251 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/getenvrn.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/getenvrn.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_GETE() + ft_GetE() $CATEGORY$ Environment $ONELINER$ Return the entire current environment $SYNTAX$ - FT_GETE( [ @ ] ) -> nNumStrings + ft_GetE( [ @ ] ) -> nNumStrings $ARGUMENTS$ is the variable to receive the environment data. @@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ can be an array type, in which case the function will place each string in an array element. The array MUST be declared with the proper number of elements prior to passing it - to the function. This can be done by calling FT_GETE() without + to the function. This can be done by calling ft_GetE() without parameters first to get the number of strings in the environment. Note that the argument MUST be passed by reference. Since arrays are by nature passed by reference, the "@" symbol is optional when passing an array. - If no argument is passed, FT_GETE() merely returns the number + If no argument is passed, ft_GetE() merely returns the number of strings in the environment. $RETURNS$ - FT_GETE() returns the total number of strings found in the + ft_GetE() returns the total number of strings found in the current program's environment. $DESCRIPTION$ This function stores ALL of the current program's environment @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ useful for looking at the entire environment at once, or recording a snapshot of it to a file for later inspection, such as when a program error occurs. If the value of ONE SPECIFIC variable is - desired, use Clipper's built-in GETE() function. + desired, use Clipper's built-in GetE() function. $EXAMPLES$ // Get the environment in text form and browse it: cEnvBlock := "" - nNumStrings := FT_GETE( @cEnvBlock ) + nNumStrings := ft_GetE( @cEnvBlock ) @ 0, 0 TO MaxRow() - 1, MaxCol() @ MaxRow(), 0 SAY 'Browse strings, press ESC to exit...' MemoWrit( cEnvBlock, 1, 1, MaxRow() - 2, MaxCol() - 1, .F. ) @@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ // Get the environment in text form and write it to a file: cEnvBlock := "" - FT_GETE( @cEnvBlock ) + ft_GetE( @cEnvBlock ) MemoWrit( "environ.txt", cEnvBlock ) // Get the environment in Array form: - aEnvArray := Array( FT_GETE() ) - FT_GETE( aEnvArray ) + aEnvArray := Array( ft_GetE() ) + ft_GetE( aEnvArray ) ? aEnvArray[ 1 ] // "COMSPEC=C:\command.com" ? aEnvArray[ 2 ] // "PATH=C:\;C:\util;C:\harbour" ... etc ... diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/hex2dec.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/hex2dec.txt index 5c3e03cd28..1844ba5363 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/hex2dec.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/hex2dec.txt @@ -4,24 +4,24 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_HEX2DEC() + ft_Hex2Dec() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Convert a hex number to decimal $SYNTAX$ - FT_HEX2DEC( ) -> nDecNum + ft_Hex2Dec( ) -> nDecNum $ARGUMENTS$ is a character string representing a hex number. $RETURNS$ A decimal number. $DESCRIPTION$ Converts a hexadecimal number to a BASE 10 decimal number. - Useful for using FT_INT86(). + Useful for using ft_int86(). $EXAMPLES$ - FT_INT86( HEX2DEC( "21" ), aRegs ) + ft_int86( HEX2DEC( "21" ), aRegs ) // Converts 21h, the Dos Interrupt, to its decimal equivalent, - // 33, for use by FT_INT86(). + // 33, for use by ft_int86(). $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/iamidle.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/iamidle.txt index d5328c3681..4f5d88e543 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/iamidle.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/iamidle.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_IAmIdle() + ft_IAmIdle() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Inform the operating system that the application is idle. $SYNTAX$ - FT_IAmIdle() -> lSuccess + ft_IAmIdle() -> lSuccess $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ Clipper itself detects an idle state. $EXAMPLES$ DO WHILE Inkey() != K_ESC - FT_IAmIdle() // Wait for ESC and announce idleness + ft_IAmIdle() // Wait for ESC and announce idleness ENDDO // Here's another way to do it: - FT_OnIdle( {|| FT_IAmIdle() } ) + FT_OnIdle( {|| ft_IAmIdle() } ) Inkey( 0 ) // Automatically reports idleness until key is pressed! $SEEALSO$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/idle.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/idle.txt index ef2dd00507..6ee302c6a9 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/idle.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/idle.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_Idle() + ft_Idle() $CATEGORY$ Event $ONELINER$ Generate an idle event to allow incremental garbage collection. $SYNTAX$ - FT_Idle() + ft_Idle() $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Something() // Create 'n' discard a bunch of stuff - FT_Idle() // Take out the garbage + ft_Idle() // Take out the garbage ENDDO $SEEALSO$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/inp.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/inp.txt index 1bd81d66e3..f776c26b09 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/inp.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/inp.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_INP() + ft_inp() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Retrieve a byte from a specified I/O port $SYNTAX$ - FT_INP( ) -> nValue + ft_inp( ) -> nValue $ARGUMENTS$ is the port from which to retrieve the byte. If it is invalid in any way, the function will return zero. @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ SEGMENT directives, and also the ENDP and ENDS directives (a very minor task). $EXAMPLES$ - byte := FT_INP( 100 ) // read a byte from port 100 (064h) + byte := ft_inp( 100 ) // read a byte from port 100 (064h) $SEEALSO$ - FT_OUTP() + ft_outp() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/invclr.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/invclr.txt index 338d583da3..4bd8e1a667 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/invclr.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/invclr.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_INVCLR() + ft_InvClr() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Get the inverse of a color $SYNTAX$ - FT_INVCLR( [ ] ) -> cColor + ft_InvClr( [ ] ) -> cColor $ARGUMENTS$ is the color to get the inverse of. Defaults to current color. @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ This function inverts a passed color (in the Clipper format: ??/??), e.g., "W/N" is converted to "N/W". $EXAMPLES$ - cInverse := FT_INVCLR() // Get Inverse of Current Color - cInvErr := FT_INVCLR( cErrColor ) // Get Inverse of cErrorColor + cInverse := ft_InvClr() // Get Inverse of Current Color + cInvErr := ft_InvClr( cErrColor ) // Get Inverse of cErrorColor $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbit.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbit.txt index 6968b86748..7f21f7845a 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbit.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbit.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ISBIT() + ft_IsBit() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Test the status of an individual bit $SYNTAX$ - FT_ISBIT( , ) -> lResult + ft_IsBit( , ) -> lResult $ARGUMENTS$ is a character from Chr(0) to Chr(255) @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ // This code tests whether bit 3 is set in the byte represented by // Chr( 107 ): - lBitflag := FT_ISBIT( Chr( 107 ), 3 ) + lBitflag := ft_IsBit( Chr( 107 ), 3 ) ? lBitflag // result: .T. // This code tests whether bit 5 is set in the byte represented by ASCII // 65 (letter "A") - ? FT_ISBIT( "A", 5 ) // result: .F. + ? ft_IsBit( "A", 5 ) // result: .F. $SEEALSO$ - FT_BITSET() FT_BITCLR() + ft_BitSet() ft_BitClr() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbiton.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbiton.txt index 9aa7b8d74f..a36f509535 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbiton.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isbiton.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ISBITON() + ft_IsBitOn() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Determine the state of individual bits in a number $SYNTAX$ - FT_ISBITON( , ) -> lResult + ft_IsBitOn( , ) -> lResult $ARGUMENTS$ is an integer for which a bit state needs to be checked. @@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ .T. if the specified bit was on., .F. if off. $DESCRIPTION$ This function is useful when dealing with binary integers. It will - come in very handy if you use the FT_INT86() function, because the + come in very handy if you use the ft_int86() function, because the CPU flags are returned as a series of bits. Using this function, you can determine the state of each CPU flag. $EXAMPLES$ - IF FT_ISBITON( nCPUFlags, 0 ) + IF ft_IsBitOn( nCPUFlags, 0 ) ? "The carry flag was set." ENDIF - IF FT_ISBITON( nCPUFlags, 7 ) + IF ft_IsBitOn( nCPUFlags, 7 ) ? "The sign flag was set." ENDIF $END$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isprint.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isprint.txt index 56114e7a5d..34dc775736 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isprint.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isprint.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ISPRINT() + ft_IsPrint() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Check printer status $SYNTAX$ - FT_ISPRINT( [ ] ) -> lResult + ft_IsPrint( [ ] ) -> lResult $ARGUMENTS$ is optional and is the device to test (LPT2, COM1, etc.). If omitted, the function will default to the PRN device. @@ -50,15 +50,15 @@ SEGMENT directives, and also the ENDP and ENDS directives (a very minor task). $EXAMPLES$ - IF ! FT_ISPRINT() + IF ! ft_IsPrint() ? "PRN is not ready!" ENDIF - IF ! FT_ISPRINT( "COM2" ) + IF ! ft_IsPrint( "COM2" ) ? "Check the device on COM2. Something is wrong." ENDIF - IF ! FT_ISPRINT( "A:\nul" ) + IF ! ft_IsPrint( "A:\nul" ) ? "Oops, better check drive A!" ENDIF $END$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isshare.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isshare.txt index 9b7286cf73..776e4f4af0 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isshare.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/isshare.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ISSHARE() + ft_IsShare() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Determine if DOS "Share" is installed $SYNTAX$ - FT_ISSHARE() -> nRetCode + ft_IsShare() -> nRetCode $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ Uses DOS interrupt 2Fh (MultiPlex interrupt), service 10h to determine if DOS SHARE.COM is loaded. $EXAMPLES$ - IF FT_ISSHARE() != 255 + IF ft_IsShare() != 255 ? "SHARE must be loaded!" ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_INT86() + ft_int86() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/kspeed.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/kspeed.txt index 23c7559234..f2583ab47f 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/kspeed.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/kspeed.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_SETRATE() + ft_SetRate() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Set the keyboard delay and repeat rate on PC/AT & PS/2 $SYNTAX$ - FT_SETRATE( [ ] [, ] ) -> NIL + ft_SetRate( [ ] [, ] ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the keyboard delay time. @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ This source code is written for Microsoft Assembler v5.1. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_SETRATE( 0, 0 ) // Set keyboard to fastest possible settings - FT_SETRATE() // Set keyboard to AT defaults (10.9cps,500ms delay) - FT_SETRATE( 11, 1 ) // Set keyboard to PS/2 defaults (10cps,500ms delay) + ft_SetRate( 0, 0 ) // Set keyboard to fastest possible settings + ft_SetRate() // Set keyboard to AT defaults (10.9cps,500ms delay) + ft_SetRate( 11, 1 ) // Set keyboard to PS/2 defaults (10cps,500ms delay) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/lastday.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/lastday.txt index 993a1e7e61..ae57af638b 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/lastday.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/lastday.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_LDAY() + ft_LDay() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return last day of the month $SYNTAX$ - FT_LDAY( [ ] ) -> dLastDay + ft_LDay( [ ] ) -> dLastDay $ARGUMENTS$ is a date within a month for which you want to find the last date of that month. If not passed or is an incorrect @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ supplied. $EXAMPLES$ dDate := SToD( "19900915" ) - ? FT_LDAY( dDate ) // 09/30/90 - ? FT_LDAY() // 03/31/91 (current month) + ? ft_LDay( dDate ) // 09/30/90 + ? ft_LDay() // 03/31/91 (current month) $SEEALSO$ - FT_FDAY() + ft_FDay() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/linked.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/linked.txt index 707018af99..d6095c47a6 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/linked.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/linked.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_LINKED() + ft_Linked() $CATEGORY$ Environment $ONELINER$ Determine if a function was linked in $SYNTAX$ - FT_LINKED( ) -> lResult + ft_Linked( ) -> lResult $ARGUMENTS$ is a character string containing one or more function calls @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ $EXAMPLES$ cString := "FT_GoodFunc( BadFunc( 3, 2 ) )" - IF FT_LINKED( cString ) + IF ft_Linked( cString ) Eval( &( "{||" + cString + "}" ) ) ELSE - Alert( "Error: " + cString + " was not linked in. Called by FT_LINKED()" ) + Alert( "Error: " + cString + " was not linked in. Called by ft_Linked()" ) ENDIF $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/madd.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/madd.txt index f24ac67f92..1ed8850b4a 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/madd.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/madd.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MADD() + ft_MAdd() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Add or subtract months to/from a date $SYNTAX$ - FT_MADD( [ ], [ ], [ ] ) + ft_MAdd( [ ], [ ], [ ] ) -> dDate $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to @@ -25,25 +25,25 @@ $RETURNS$ A date. $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_MADD() adds or subtracts months to/from a given date. + ft_MAdd() adds or subtracts months to/from a given date. If MakeEOM is passed and dGivenDate is the last day of a month, it will return the EOM of calculated month. Otherwise it will return the same day as the day of the passed date. $EXAMPLES$ dDate := SToD( "19900915" ) - ? FT_MADD( dDate, 1 ) // 10/15/90 - ? FT_MADD( dDate, -2 ) // 07/15/90 + ? ft_MAdd( dDate, 1 ) // 10/15/90 + ? ft_MAdd( dDate, -2 ) // 07/15/90 // force EOM dDate := SToD( "19910430" ) - ? FT_MADD( dDate, 1 ) // 05/30/91 - ? FT_MADD( dDate, 1, .T. ) // 05/31/91 <- forced EOM - ? FT_MADD( dDate, 2 ) // 06/30/91 - ? FT_MADD( dDate, 2, .T. ) // 06/30/91 <- June only has 30 days - ? FT_MADD( dDate, 3 ) // 07/30/91 - ? FT_MADD( dDate, 3, .T. ) // 07/31/91 <- forced EOM + ? ft_MAdd( dDate, 1 ) // 05/30/91 + ? ft_MAdd( dDate, 1, .T. ) // 05/31/91 <- forced EOM + ? ft_MAdd( dDate, 2 ) // 06/30/91 + ? ft_MAdd( dDate, 2, .T. ) // 06/30/91 <- June only has 30 days + ? ft_MAdd( dDate, 3 ) // 07/30/91 + ? ft_MAdd( dDate, 3, .T. ) // 07/31/91 <- forced EOM $SEEALSO$ - FT_DAYOFYR() FT_DAYTOBOW() + ft_DayOfYr() ft_DayToBoW() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menu1.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menu1.txt index e95bf54764..6216b99152 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menu1.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menu1.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MENU1() + ft_Menu1() $CATEGORY$ Menus/Prompts $ONELINER$ Pulldown menu system $SYNTAX$ - FT_MENU1( , , , + ft_Menu1( , , , [, ], [ ] ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is a character array containing the names to appear @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ bar. If omitted, it defaults to 0. is a logical variable. If true (.T.) or omitted, it - uses FT_SHADOW() to add a transparent shadow to the each + uses ft_Shadow() to add a transparent shadow to the each pulldown menu. If false (.F.), the menu is drawn without the shadow. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ $RETURNS$ NIL $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_MENU1() is a function that displays a pulldown menu for each item + ft_Menu1() is a function that displays a pulldown menu for each item on the menu bar and executes the corresponding function for the item selected. When a called function returns false, FT_MENU1 returns control to the calling program. @@ -71,23 +71,23 @@ { "W+/N", "W+/N", "W/N", "N/W", "W/N" } ) // array for first pulldown menu - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 1 ], "A. Execute A Dummy Procedure" , {|| fubar() }, .T. ) - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 1 ], "B. Enter Daily Charges" , {|| .T. }, .F. ) - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 1 ], "C. Enter Payments On Accounts", {|| .T. }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 1 ], "A. Execute A Dummy Procedure" , {|| fubar() }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 1 ], "B. Enter Daily Charges" , {|| .T. }, .F. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 1 ], "C. Enter Payments On Accounts", {|| .T. }, .T. ) // array for second pulldown menu - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 2 ], "A. Print Member List" , {|| .T. }, .T. ) - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 2 ], "B. Print Active Auto Charges" , {|| .T. }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 2 ], "A. Print Member List" , {|| .T. }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 2 ], "B. Print Active Auto Charges" , {|| .T. }, .T. ) // array for third pulldown menu - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 3 ], "A. Transaction Totals Display", {|| .T. }, .T. ) - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 3 ], "B. Display Invoice Totals" , {|| .T. }, .T. ) - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 3 ], "C. Exit To DOS" , {|| .F. }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 3 ], "A. Transaction Totals Display", {|| .T. }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 3 ], "B. Display Invoice Totals" , {|| .T. }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 3 ], "C. Exit To DOS" , {|| .F. }, .T. ) - // Call FT_FILL() once for each item on each pulldown menu, passing it + // Call ft_Fill() once for each item on each pulldown menu, passing it // three parameters: - FT_FILL( , , + ft_Fill( , , // is a character string which will be displayed on // the pulldown menu. @@ -105,28 +105,28 @@ // SKELETON MENU STRUCTURE PRIOR TO COMPLETING ALL OF THE SUBROUTINES. // CALL FT_MENU1 - FT_MENU1( aBar, aOptions, aColors, 0 ) + ft_Menu1( aBar, aOptions, aColors, 0 ) - // NOTE: FT_MENU1() disables Alt-C and Alt-D in order to make them + // NOTE: ft_Menu1() disables Alt-C and Alt-D in order to make them // available for the menu bar. It enables Alt-D and resets // Alt-C to its previous state prior to calling each function. $SEEALSO$ - FT_FILL() + ft_Fill() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_FILL() + ft_Fill() $CATEGORY$ Menus/Prompts $ONELINER$ - Declare menu options for FT_MENU1() + Declare menu options for ft_Menu1() $SYNTAX$ - FT_FILL( , , , + ft_Fill( , , , ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ - is a sub-array of in FT_MENU1() + is a sub-array of in ft_Menu1() denoting the group in which to include the selection -- e.g., acOptions[ 1 ] @@ -144,33 +144,33 @@ $RETURNS$ NIL $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_FILL() is a function used to set up the menu options prior - to calling FT_MENU1(). + ft_Fill() is a function used to set up the menu options prior + to calling ft_Menu1(). $EXAMPLES$ - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 1 ], "A. Execute A Dummy Procedure" , {|| fubar() }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 1 ], "A. Execute A Dummy Procedure" , {|| fubar() }, .T. ) The above would be added to the sub-menu associated with the first menu bar item, would execute the function FUBAR() when that option was selected, and would be selectable. - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 3 ], "B. Enter Daily Charges" , {|| .T. }, .F. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 3 ], "B. Enter Daily Charges" , {|| .T. }, .F. ) The above would be added to the sub-menu associated with the third menu bar item, and would be unselectable. - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 2 ], "C. Enter Payments On Accounts", {|| .T. }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 2 ], "C. Enter Payments On Accounts", {|| .T. }, .T. ) The above would be added to the sub-menu associated with the second menu bar item, and would be selectable, but would do nothing when selected. - FT_FILL( aOptions[ 4 ], "C. Exit" , {|| .F. }, .T. ) + ft_Fill( aOptions[ 4 ], "C. Exit" , {|| .F. }, .T. ) The above would be added to the sub-menu associated with the fourth menu - bar item, and would be selectable, and would exit FT_MENU1() when chosen. + bar item, and would be selectable, and would exit ft_Menu1() when chosen. $SEEALSO$ - FT_MENU1() + ft_Menu1() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menutonf.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menutonf.txt index e0c4cdeda3..9973269ec5 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menutonf.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/menutonf.txt @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_Prompt() + ft_Prompt() $CATEGORY$ Menus/Prompts $ONELINER$ - Define a menu item for use with FT_MenuTo() + Define a menu item for use with ft_MenuTo() $SYNTAX$ #include "ftmenuto.ch" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ the prompts are stored in stack-based static arrays. Note that this command can also be called using function-style - syntax. See the entry for FT_PROMPT() for further details. + syntax. See the entry for ft_Prompt() for further details. This enhanced version of @...PROMPT requires the inclusion of the header file ftmenuto.ch in any source file that uses it. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MenuTo() + ft_MenuTo() $CATEGORY$ Menus/Prompts $ONELINER$ @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ command. Note that this command can also be called using function-style - syntax. See the entry for FT_MENUTO() for further details. + syntax. See the entry for ft_MenuTo() for further details. $EXAMPLES$ #include "ftmenuto.ch" @@ -190,6 +190,6 @@ $INCLUDE$ ftmenuto.ch $SEEALSO$ - FT_Prompt() + ft_Prompt() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/metaph.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/metaph.txt index 002137a1b9..54a334fc6d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/metaph.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/metaph.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_METAPH() + ft_Metaph() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Convert a character string to MetaPhone format $SYNTAX$ - FT_METAPH( [, ] ) -> cMetaPhone + ft_Metaph( [, ] ) -> cMetaPhone $ARGUMENTS$ is the character string to convert @@ -21,16 +21,16 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ This function is a character function use to index and search for sound-alike or phonetic matches. It is an alternative to - the SOUNDEX() function, and addresses some basic pronunciation + the SoundEx() function, and addresses some basic pronunciation rules, by looking at surrounding letters to determine how parts of - the string are pronounced. FT_METAPH() will group sound-alikes + the string are pronounced. ft_Metaph() will group sound-alikes together, and forgive shortcomings in spelling ability. $EXAMPLES$ USE persons - INDEX ON FT_METAPH( LastName ) TO lastname - SEEK FT_METAPH( "Philmore" ) + INDEX ON ft_Metaph( LastName ) TO lastname + SEEK ft_Metaph( "Philmore" ) ? Found(), LastName // Result: .T. Philmore - SEEK FT_METAPH( "Fillmore" ) + SEEK ft_Metaph( "Fillmore" ) ? Found(), LastName // Result: .T. Philmore $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/miltime.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/miltime.txt index 777270372c..0e83708a8b 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/miltime.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/miltime.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MIL2MIN() + ft_Mil2Min() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Convert time in military format to number of minute of day. $SYNTAX$ - FT_MIL2MIN( ) -> nMINUTE + ft_Mil2Min( ) -> nMINUTE $ARGUMENTS$ character string of form hhmm, where 0<=hh<24. $RETURNS$ @@ -18,21 +18,21 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ Converts time in military format to number of minute of the day. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MIL2MIN( "1729" ) // 1049 + ft_Mil2Min( "1729" ) // 1049 $SEEALSO$ - FT_MIN2MIL() FT_CIV2MIL() FT_MIL2CIV() FT_SYS2MIL() + ft_Min2Mil() ft_Civ2Mil() ft_Mil2Civ() ft_Sys2Mil() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MIN2MIL() + ft_Min2Mil() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Convert minute of day to military format time. $SYNTAX$ - FT_MIN2MIL( ) -> cMILTIME + ft_Min2Mil( ) -> cMILTIME $ARGUMENTS$ numeric integer representing minute of day. $RETURNS$ @@ -40,21 +40,21 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ Converts minute of the day to military format time. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MIN2MIL( 279 ) // 0439 + ft_Min2Mil( 279 ) // 0439 $SEEALSO$ - FT_MIL2MIN() FT_MIL2CIV() FT_CIV2MIL() FT_SYS2MIL() + ft_Mil2Min() ft_Mil2Civ() ft_Civ2Mil() ft_Sys2Mil() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MIL2CIV() + ft_Mil2Civ() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Convert time in military format to civilian format. $SYNTAX$ - FT_MIL2CIV( ) -> dMILTIME + ft_Mil2Civ( ) -> dMILTIME $ARGUMENTS$ character string of form hhmm, where 0<=hh<24. $RETURNS$ @@ -63,31 +63,31 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ Converts time from military to civilian format $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MIL2CIV( "1640" ) // 4:40 pm + ft_Mil2Civ( "1640" ) // 4:40 pm - FT_MIL2CIV( "0440" ) // 4:40 am + ft_Mil2Civ( "0440" ) // 4:40 am - FT_MIL2CIV( "1200" ) // 12:00 n + ft_Mil2Civ( "1200" ) // 12:00 n - FT_MIL2CIV( "0000" ) // 12:00 m + ft_Mil2Civ( "0000" ) // 12:00 m - FT_MIL2CIV( "2400" ) // 12:00 m + ft_Mil2Civ( "2400" ) // 12:00 m Caution: leading blanks are irrelevant. $SEEALSO$ - FT_CIV2MIL() FT_SYS2MIL() FT_MIL2MIN() FT_MIN2MIL() + ft_Civ2Mil() ft_Sys2Mil() ft_Mil2Min() ft_Min2Mil() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_CIV2MIL() + ft_Civ2Mil() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Convert usual civilian format time to military time. $SYNTAX$ - FT_CIV2MIL( ) -> cMILTIME + ft_Civ2Mil( ) -> cMILTIME $ARGUMENTS$ character string of form hh:mm (am,pm,n or m), where 0 cMILTIME + ft_Sys2Mil() -> cMILTIME $ARGUMENTS$ none $RETURNS$ @@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ Return current system time as character string in military format. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_SYS2MIL() // 1623 + ft_Sys2Mil() // 1623 $SEEALSO$ - FT_MIL2CIV() FT_CIV2MIL() + ft_Mil2Civ() ft_Civ2Mil() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/min2dhm.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/min2dhm.txt index d37e611359..97188599a8 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/min2dhm.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/min2dhm.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MIN2DHM() + ft_Min2Dhm() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Convert numeric minutes to days, hours and minutes. $SYNTAX$ - FT_MIN2DHM( ) -> aDHM_ + ft_Min2Dhm( ) -> aDHM_ $ARGUMENTS$ the number of minutes. $RETURNS$ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mkdir.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mkdir.txt index d780e6e901..be97a5cc3d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mkdir.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mkdir.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MKDIR() + ft_MkDir() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Create a subdirectory $SYNTAX$ - FT_MKDIR( ) -> nResult + ft_MkDir( ) -> nResult $ARGUMENTS$ is the name of the directory to create. $RETURNS$ @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ SEGMENT directives, and also the ENDP and ENDS directives (a very minor task). $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MKDIR( "C:\clipper" ) - FT_MKDIR( "\example" ) - FT_MKDIR( "..\source" ) + ft_MkDir( "C:\clipper" ) + ft_MkDir( "\example" ) + ft_MkDir( "..\source" ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/month.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/month.txt index df3bba9bd3..63466c5250 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/month.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/month.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MONTH() + ft_Month() $CATEGORY$ Date/Time $ONELINER$ Return Calendar or Fiscal Month Data $SYNTAX$ - FT_MONTH( [ ], [nMonthNum] ) -> aDateInfo + ft_Month( [ ], [nMonthNum] ) -> aDateInfo $ARGUMENTS$ is any valid date in any date format. Defaults to current system date if not supplied. @@ -24,38 +24,38 @@ aDateInfo[ 2 ] - The beginning date of the month aDateInfo[ 3 ] - The ending date of the month $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_MONTH() returns an array containing data about the month + ft_Month() returns an array containing data about the month containing the given date. Normally the return data will be based on a year beginning on January 1st with weeks beginning on Sunday. The beginning of year date and/or beginning of week day can be - changed by using FT_DATECNFG(), which will affect all subsequent - calls to FT_MONTH() until another call to FT_DATECNFG(). + changed by using ft_DateCnfg(), which will affect all subsequent + calls to ft_Month() until another call to ft_DateCnfg(). The beginning of year date and beginning of week day may be reset - to January 1 and Sunday by calling FT_DATECNFG() with no + to January 1 and Sunday by calling ft_DateCnfg() with no parameters. $EXAMPLES$ // get info about month containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_MONTH( SToD( "19900915" ) ) + aDateInfo := ft_Month( SToD( "19900915" ) ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199009 (9th month) ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 09/01/90 beginning of month 9 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 09/30/90 end of week month 9 // get info about month 5 in year containing 9/15/90 - aDateInfo := FT_MONTH( SToD( "19900915" ), 5 ) + aDateInfo := ft_Month( SToD( "19900915" ), 5 ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199005 ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 05/01/90 beginning of month 5 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 05/31/90 end of month 5 // get info about month 5 in current year (1991) - aDateInfo := FT_MONTH( , 5 ) + aDateInfo := ft_Month( , 5 ) ? aDateInfo[ 1 ] // 199105 ? aDateInfo[ 2 ] // 05/01/91 beginning of month 5 ? aDateInfo[ 3 ] // 05/31/91 end of month 5 $SEEALSO$ - FT_DATECNFG() FT_WEEK() FT_QTR() FT_YEAR() + ft_DateCnfg() ft_Week() ft_Qtr() ft_Year() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mouse1.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mouse1.txt index a1d3d7e626..359b964b02 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mouse1.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/mouse1.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MINIT() + ft_MInit() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Initialize the mouse driver, vars and return status of mouse $SYNTAX$ - FT_MINIT() -> lMouseStatus + ft_MInit() -> lMouseStatus $ARGUMENTS$ NONE $RETURNS$ @@ -20,25 +20,25 @@ status. It checks to see if the mouse has been previously initialized and if so it does not reinitialize. The row and column limits of mouse movement is set to the maximum for the current video mode. - Use FT_MSHOWCRS() to display the mouse cursor. + Use ft_MShowCrs() to display the mouse cursor. $EXAMPLES$ - IF ! FT_MINIT() + IF ! ft_MInit() ? "No mouse driver is installed" ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_MRESET() + ft_MReset() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MMICKEYS() + ft_MMickeys() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get mickeys $SYNTAX$ - FT_MMICKEYS( @, @ ) -> NIL + ft_MMickeys( @, @ ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is a variable that will receive the vertical mickey count. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ and must be passed by reference to receive the mouse position in Mickeys. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MMICKEYS( @nX, @nY ) + ft_MMickeys( @nX, @nY ) ? nX ? nY $END$ @@ -57,20 +57,20 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MDBLCLK() + ft_MDblClk() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Return true if a double click was detected $SYNTAX$ - FT_MDBLCLK( [ [, [, [, [, ; + ft_MDblClk( [ [, [, [, [, ; [, ] ] ] ] ] ] ) -> lIsDoubleClk $ARGUMENTS$ - is a numeric value. If it is zero FT_MDBLCLK() will not + is a numeric value. If it is zero ft_MDblClk() will not check for the first press but rather will simply wait the specified period for a single press. This is useful if this routine is called from one which in turn responded to a button - press. If it is not present or not equal to 0, then FT_MDBLCLK() + press. If it is not present or not equal to 0, then ft_MDblClk() will wait for two presses of the specified button. is the mouse button number @@ -103,26 +103,26 @@ of a double click. $EXAMPLES$ IF FT_MISREGION( 10, 10, 11, 20 ) .AND. ; - FT_MDBLCLK( 0, 1,, FT_MGETX(), FT_MGETY() ) // double click, right button + ft_MDblClk( 0, 1,, ft_MGetX(), ft_MGetY() ) // double click, right button // at current location with // default interval MnuItem1() ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_MBUTPRS() FT_MBUTREL() + ft_MButPrs() ft_MButRel() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MCONOFF() + ft_MCOnOff() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Turn mouse cursur off if in specified region $SYNTAX$ - FT_MCONOFF( , , , ) + ft_MCOnOff( , , , ) $ARGUMENTS$ , are the four corners of the screen region in row and column coordinates. @@ -136,21 +136,21 @@ See FT_MSHOWCRS for a discussion of the cursor display flag. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MCONOFF( 10, 10, 11, 20 ) + ft_MCOnOff( 10, 10, 11, 20 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_MSHOWCRS() FT_MHIDECRS() FT_MXLIMIT() FT_MYLIMIT() FT_MINREGION() + ft_MShowCrs() ft_MHideCrs() ft_MXLimit() ft_MYLimit() ft_MInRegion() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MINREGION() + ft_MInRegion() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Test if the mouse cursor is in the passed region $SYNTAX$ - FT_MINREGION( , , , ) -> lInRegion + ft_MInRegion( , , , ) -> lInRegion $ARGUMENTS$ , are the four corners of the screen region. $RETURNS$ @@ -159,23 +159,23 @@ This function will check to see if the mouse cursor is within the confines of the specified region. $EXAMPLES$ - IF FT_MINREGION( 10, 10, 11, 20 ) + IF ft_MInRegion( 10, 10, 11, 20 ) nChoice := 1 ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_MXLIMIT() FT_MYLIMIT() FT_MINREGION() + ft_MXLimit() ft_MYLimit() ft_MInRegion() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MSETSENS() + ft_MSetSens() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Set the mouse sensitivity parameters $SYNTAX$ - FT_MSETSENS( , , ) -> NIL + ft_MSetSens( , , ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the sensitivity of the mouse on the horizontal axis. This value is the integer percentage of highest sensitivity and @@ -223,21 +223,21 @@ $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MSETSENS( 75, 75, 50 ) // a little less mouse movement necessary. + ft_MSetSens( 75, 75, 50 ) // a little less mouse movement necessary. $SEEALSO$ - FT_MGETSENS() + ft_MGetSens() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MGETSENS() + ft_MGetSens() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get the mouse sensitivity parameters $SYNTAX$ - FT_MGETSENS( <@nHoriz>, <@nVert>, <@nDouble> ) -> NIL + ft_MGetSens( <@nHoriz>, <@nVert>, <@nDouble> ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the percentage of maximum horizontal sensitivity. PASSED BY REFERENCE. @@ -252,23 +252,23 @@ sensitivity parameters. The first two arguments control the amount of movement necessary to move the cursor a given amount. The third argument determines the threshold above which the mouse moves at twice the normal - speed. For further discussion of these values see FT_MSETSENS() + speed. For further discussion of these values see ft_MSetSens() $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MGETSENS( @nHoriz, @nVert, @nDouble ) + ft_MGetSens( @nHoriz, @nVert, @nDouble ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_MSETSENS() + ft_MSetSens() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MVERSION() + ft_MVersion() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get the mouse driver version $SYNTAX$ - FT_MVERSION( <@nMinor>, <@nType>, <@nIRQ> ) -> + ft_MVersion( <@nMinor>, <@nType>, <@nIRQ> ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ is the Minor version number. PASSED BY REFERENCE. is the Mouse type. PASSED BY REFERENCE. @@ -293,49 +293,49 @@ my screen showed 6.24 but this routine returned 30 for the minor version number! $EXAMPLES$ - nMajor := FT_MVERSION( @nMinor ) + nMajor := ft_MVersion( @nMinor ) IF ( nMajor + nMinor / 100 ) < 7.2 ? "Sorry mouse driver version too old" RETURN ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_MSETSENS() + ft_MSetSens() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MSETPAGE() + ft_MSetPage() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Set the display page for the mouse pointer $SYNTAX$ - FT_MSETPAGE( <@nPage> ) -> NIL + ft_MSetPage( <@nPage> ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the desired display page. $RETURNS$ NIL $DESCRIPTION$ This function sets the display page for the mouse cursor. The valid - values of nPage is dependent upon the display mode. See FT_SETVPG() + values of nPage is dependent upon the display mode. See ft_SetVpg() for changing the current video page $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MSETPAGE( 1 ) // Sets the mouse cursor to page 1 + ft_MSetPage( 1 ) // Sets the mouse cursor to page 1 $SEEALSO$ - FT_MGETPAGE() + ft_MGetPage() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MGETPAGE() + ft_MGetPage() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get the display page for the mouse pointer $SYNTAX$ - FT_MGETPAGE() -> + ft_MGetPage() -> $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -343,56 +343,56 @@ displayed $DESCRIPTION$ This function gets the display page for the mouse cursor. The valid - values of nPage is dependent upon the display mode. See FT_SETVPG() + values of nPage is dependent upon the display mode. See ft_SetVpg() for changing the current video page $EXAMPLES$ - nPage := FT_MGETPAGE( ) // Gets the mouse cursor display page + nPage := ft_MGetPage( ) // Gets the mouse cursor display page $SEEALSO$ - FT_MSETPAGE() + ft_MSetPage() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MRESET() + ft_MReset() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Reset mouse driver and return status of mouse $SYNTAX$ - FT_MRESET() -> nMouseStatus + ft_MReset() -> nMouseStatus $ARGUMENTS$ NONE $RETURNS$ An integer representing the mouse status (0 == mouse not installed) $DESCRIPTION$ - Resets the mouse driver and returns mouse status. Use FT_MSHOWCRS() + Resets the mouse driver and returns mouse status. Use ft_MShowCrs() to display the mouse cursor. The mouse is set to allow it to cover the - complete screen (as defined by MAXCOL() and MAXROW()). This is necessary + complete screen (as defined by MaxCol() and MaxRow()). This is necessary because at least some versions of the mouse drivers do not operate according to the documentation when confronted with a 43 or 50 line screen. - Normally, FT_MINIT() should be used to initialize the mouse since it + Normally, ft_MInit() should be used to initialize the mouse since it will not reinitialize if already done. $EXAMPLES$ - IF Empty( FT_MRESET() ) + IF Empty( ft_MReset() ) ? "No mouse driver is installed" ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_MINIT() FT_MSHOWCRS() + ft_MInit() ft_MShowCrs() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MCURSOR() + ft_MCursor() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Set the mouse cursor $SYNTAX$ - FT_MCURSOR( [ ] ) -> lCursorState + ft_MCursor( [ ] ) -> lCursorState $ARGUMENTS$ is a logical indicating whether to set the mouse cursor on. .T. - set mouse cursor on @@ -402,23 +402,23 @@ A logical indicating the previous mouse cursor state. $DESCRIPTION$ This function works like most Clipper state functions. If no value - is sent to FT_MCURSOR() it will return the state of the mouse cursor. + is sent to ft_MCursor() it will return the state of the mouse cursor. $EXAMPLES$ - IF ! FT_MCURSOR() - FT_MCURSOR( .T. ) + IF ! ft_MCursor() + ft_MCursor( .T. ) ENDIF $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MSHOWCRS() + ft_MShowCrs() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Increment internal cursor flag and display mouse cursor $SYNTAX$ - FT_MSHOWCRS() -> NIL + ft_MShowCrs() -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ NONE $RETURNS$ @@ -429,30 +429,30 @@ under it, so if you draw over the mouse cursor it will create a "hole" in your screen when you move the mouse cursor. - Note: A call to FT_MHIDECRS() decrements a mouse driver variable + Note: A call to ft_MHideCrs() decrements a mouse driver variable which indicates whether the cursor is shown. The cursor is visible - only when the variable = 0. Thus multiple calls to FT_MHIDECRS() - require an equal number of calls to FT_MSHOWCRS() before the cursor - will again be visible. Once the variable is 0 calls to FT_MSHOWCRS() + only when the variable = 0. Thus multiple calls to ft_MHideCrs() + require an equal number of calls to ft_MShowCrs() before the cursor + will again be visible. Once the variable is 0 calls to ft_MShowCrs() does not increment the variable above 0. $EXAMPLES$ - IF Empty( FT_MRESET() ) - FT_MSHOWCRS() + IF Empty( ft_MReset() ) + ft_MShowCrs() ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_MHIDECRS() FT_MCONOFF() + ft_MHideCrs() ft_MCOnOff() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MHIDECRS() + ft_MHideCrs() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Decrement internal mouse cursor flag and hide mouse cursor $SYNTAX$ - FT_MHIDECRS() -> NIL + ft_MHideCrs() -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ NONE $RETURNS$ @@ -463,30 +463,30 @@ under it, so if you draw over the mouse cursor it will create a "hole" in your screen when you move the mouse cursor. - Note: A call to FT_MHIDECRS() decrements a mouse driver variable + Note: A call to ft_MHideCrs() decrements a mouse driver variable which indicates whether the cursor is shown. The cursor is visible - only when the variable = 0. Thus multiple calls to FT_MHIDECRS() - require an equal number of calls to FT_MSHOWCRS() before the cursor - will again be visible. Once the variable is 0 calls to FT_MSHOWCRS() + only when the variable = 0. Thus multiple calls to ft_MHideCrs() + require an equal number of calls to ft_MShowCrs() before the cursor + will again be visible. Once the variable is 0 calls to ft_MShowCrs() does not increment the varaible above 0. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MHIDECRS() + ft_MHideCrs() @ 10, 10 TO 20, 20 - FT_MSHOWCRS() + ft_MShowCrs() $SEEALSO$ - FT_MSHOWCRS() FT_MCONOFF() + ft_MShowCrs() ft_MCOnOff() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MGETPOS() + ft_MGetPos() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get mouse cursor position and button status $SYNTAX$ - FT_MGETPOS( @, @ ) -> nButtonStatus + ft_MGetPos( @, @ ) -> nButtonStatus $ARGUMENTS$ is a variable that will receive the mouse X position in virtual screen coordinates. It must be passed by reference. @@ -513,24 +513,24 @@ experience with drivers prior to that version $EXAMPLES$ LOCAL nX, nY - LOCAL nButton := FT_MGETPOS( @nX, @nY ) + LOCAL nButton := ft_MGetPos( @nX, @nY ) ? "Mouse Row :", nX ? "Mouse Column :", nY ? "Button Status:", nButton $SEEALSO$ - FT_MGETCOORD() FT_MSETPOS() FT_MDEFCRS() FT_MGETX() FT_MGETY() + ft_MGetCoord() ft_MSetPos() ft_MDefCrs() ft_MGetX() ft_MGetY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MGETX() + ft_MGetX() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get mouse cursor row position $SYNTAX$ - FT_MGETX() -> nRowPos + ft_MGetX() -> nRowPos $ARGUMENTS$ NONE $RETURNS$ @@ -541,21 +541,21 @@ values returned are multiples of 8 when in text mode and with at least Microsoft drivers 6 and above. $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_MGETX() + ? ft_MGetX() $SEEALSO$ - FT_MGETCOORD() FT_MDEFCRS() FT_MGETPOS() FT_MGETY() + ft_MGetCoord() ft_MDefCrs() ft_MGetPos() ft_MGetY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MGETY() + ft_MGetY() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get mouse cursor column position $SYNTAX$ - FT_MGETY() -> nColPos + ft_MGetY() -> nColPos $ARGUMENTS$ NONE $RETURNS$ @@ -565,21 +565,21 @@ values returned are multiples of 8 when in text mode and with at least Microsoft drivers 6 and above. $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_MGETY() + ? ft_MGetY() $SEEALSO$ - FT_MGETCOORD() FT_MDEFCRS() FT_MGETPOS() FT_MGETX() + ft_MGetCoord() ft_MDefCrs() ft_MGetPos() ft_MGetX() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MSETPOS() + ft_MSetPos() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Position the mouse cursor using virtual screen coordinates $SYNTAX$ - FT_MSETPOS( , ) -> NIL + ft_MSetPos( , ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the desired mouse row. @@ -591,22 +591,22 @@ mode has eight virtual coordinates per character cell. Thus x=16 means that you are in the Row 2. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MSETPOS( 10, 20 ) // position mouse cursor at row 10, col 20 + ft_MSetPos( 10, 20 ) // position mouse cursor at row 10, col 20 // in virtual screen coordinates $SEEALSO$ - FT_MGETPOS() FT_MGETCOORD() FT_MSETCOORD() FT_MGETX() FT_MGETY() + ft_MGetPos() ft_MGetCoord() ft_MSetCoord() ft_MGetX() ft_MGetY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MSETCOORD() + ft_MSetCoord() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Position the mouse cursor using text screen coordinates $SYNTAX$ - FT_MSETPOS( , ) -> NIL + ft_MSetPos( , ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the desired mouse row. @@ -617,22 +617,22 @@ Positions mouse cursor on screen using text (normal row and column) coordinates. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MSETCOORD( 10, 20 ) // position mouse cursor at row 10, col 20 + ft_MSetCoord( 10, 20 ) // position mouse cursor at row 10, col 20 // in text screen coordinates $SEEALSO$ - FT_MGETPOS() FT_MGETCOORD() FT_MSETPOS() FT_MDEFCRS() FT_MGETX() FT_MGETY() + ft_MGetPos() ft_MGetCoord() ft_MSetPos() ft_MDefCrs() ft_MGetX() ft_MGetY() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MXLIMIT() + ft_MXLimit() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Set vertical bounds of mouse using virtual screen coord. $SYNTAX$ - FT_MXLIMIT( , ) -> NIL + ft_MXLimit( , ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the top row limit. @@ -642,21 +642,21 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ Set maximum vertical bounds of mouse using virtual screen coordinates. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MXLIMIT( 10, 20 ) + ft_MXLimit( 10, 20 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_MYLIMIT() FT_MINREGION() + ft_MYLimit() ft_MInRegion() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MYLIMIT() + ft_MYLimit() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Set horiz. bounds of mouse using virtual screen coordinates $SYNTAX$ - FT_MYLIMIT( , ) -> NIL + ft_MYLimit( , ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the left column limit. @@ -666,21 +666,21 @@ $DESCRIPTION$ Set maximum horizontal bounds of mouse using virtual screen coordinates. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_MYLIMIT( 10, 20 ) + ft_MYLimit( 10, 20 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_MXLIMIT() FT_MINREGION() + ft_MXLimit() ft_MInRegion() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MBUTPRS() + ft_MButPrs() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Retrieve button press status $SYNTAX$ - FT_MBUTPRS( [, @nButPrs [, @nX [, @nY] ] ] ) -> nButStatus + ft_MButPrs( [, @nButPrs [, @nX [, @nY] ] ] ) -> nButStatus $ARGUMENTS$ is the mouse button number: @@ -710,23 +710,23 @@ Retrieves the mouse button status and the position of the cursor when a button was last pressed. $EXAMPLES$ - IF Empty( FT_MBUTPRS( 1 ) ) + IF Empty( ft_MButPrs( 1 ) ) ? "No Item selected" ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_MBUTREL() FT_MDBLCLK() + ft_MButRel() ft_MDblClk() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MBUTREL() + ft_MButRel() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get mouse button release information $SYNTAX$ - FT_MBUTREL( nButton [, @nButRel [, @nX [, @nY] ] ]) -> nBStat + ft_MButRel( nButton [, @nButRel [, @nX [, @nY] ] ]) -> nBStat $ARGUMENTS$ is the mouse button number 0 - Left Button @@ -751,23 +751,23 @@ This function returns the release status of the mouse buttons and the coordinates of the last release. $EXAMPLES$ - IF FT_MBUTREL( 0 ) == 1 + IF ft_MButRel( 0 ) == 1 ? "Left button released" ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_MBUTPRS() FT_MDBLCLK() + ft_MButPrs() ft_MDblClk() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MDEFCRS() + ft_MDefCrs() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Define the mouse cursor $SYNTAX$ - FT_MDEFCRS( , , ) -> NIL + ft_MDefCrs( , , ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is the cursor type. A value of 0 indicates the software cursor (the default) and a value of 1 indicates the hardware cursor. @@ -819,13 +819,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_MGETCOORD() + ft_MGetCoord() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Get mouse cursor position (text coord.) and button status $SYNTAX$ - FT_MGETPOS( @, @ ) -> nButtonStatus + ft_MGetPos( @, @ ) -> nButtonStatus $ARGUMENTS$ is a variable that will receive the mouse X position in text screen coordinates. It must be passed by reference. @@ -848,11 +848,11 @@ returns the button status. $EXAMPLES$ LOCAL nX, nY - LOCAL nButton := FT_MGETCOORD( @nX, @nY ) + LOCAL nButton := ft_MGetCoord( @nX, @nY ) ? "Mouse Row :", nX ? "Mouse Column :", nY ? "Button Status:", nButton $SEEALSO$ - FT_MGETPOS() FT_MSETPOS() FT_MDEFCRS() FT_MGETX() FT_MGETY() + ft_MGetPos() ft_MSetPos() ft_MDefCrs() ft_MGetX() ft_MGetY() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/n2color.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/n2color.txt index b2562e351a..6bdc96210b 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/n2color.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/n2color.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_N2COLOR() + ft_N2Color() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Returns the string complement of a Clipper color number $SYNTAX$ - FT_COLOR2N( ) -> cColor + ft_Color2N( ) -> cColor $ARGUMENTS$ a number representing a Clipper color $RETURNS$ @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ This function is useful for converting a number to a Clipper color string. $EXAMPLES$ - cColor := FT_COLOR2N( 239 ) // returns "*+w/gr" + cColor := ft_Color2N( 239 ) // returns "*+w/gr" $SEEALSO$ - FT_N2COLOR() + ft_N2Color() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/netpv.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/netpv.txt index 2730e8d3e2..ba3ed497db 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/netpv.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/netpv.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NETPV() + ft_NetPV() $CATEGORY$ Math $ONELINER$ Calculate net present value $SYNTAX$ - FT_NETPV( , , ; + ft_NetPV( , , ; [, ] ) -> nNetPV $ARGUMENTS$ is the amount of cash invested for purposes @@ -41,6 +41,6 @@ NetPresentValue := SUM( CashFlow[ i ] / ( ( 1 + InterestRate ) ** i ) ) FOR i := 1 TO NoOfCashFlows $EXAMPLES$ - nNetPresentValue := FT_NETPV( 10000, 10, { 10000, 15000, 16000, 17000 } ) + nNetPresentValue := ft_NetPV( 10000, 10, { 10000, 15000, 16000, 17000 } ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nooccur.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nooccur.txt index 94f1562b5b..81033a8b5d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nooccur.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nooccur.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NOOCCUR() + ft_NoOccur() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Find the number of times one string occurs in another $SYNTAX$ - FT_NOOCCUR( , ; + ft_NoOccur( , ; [, ] ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ is the string to search for @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ // Find the number of times "the" appears in cMemoString, case // insensitive - nNoOfOccurrences := FT_NOOCCUR( "the", cMemoString ) + nNoOfOccurrences := ft_NoOccur( "the", cMemoString ) // Find the number of times "the" appears in cMemoString, case // sensitive - nNoOfOccurrences := FT_NOOCCUR( "the", cMemoString, .T. ) + nNoOfOccurrences := ft_NoOccur( "the", cMemoString, .T. ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ntow.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ntow.txt index 077ad76fb8..df59fc1f4f 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ntow.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ntow.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NTOW() + ft_NToW() $CATEGORY$ Conversion $ONELINER$ Translate numeric value to words $SYNTAX$ - FT_NTOW( ) -> cWords + ft_NToW( ) -> cWords $ARGUMENTS$ An integer to translate $RETURNS$ @@ -29,21 +29,21 @@ Also, numeric 0 is returned as a null string. You will need to make a decision how to output it (zero dollars, no dollars, etc). $EXAMPLES$ - ? FT_NTOW( 999 ) // -> Nine Hundred Ninety Nine + ? ft_NToW( 999 ) // -> Nine Hundred Ninety Nine - ? FT_NTOW( 1000 ) // -> One Thousand + ? ft_NToW( 1000 ) // -> One Thousand - ? FT_NTOW( 23 ) + " Dollars and " + FT_NTOW( 99 ) + " Cents" + ? ft_NToW( 23 ) + " Dollars and " + ft_NToW( 99 ) + " Cents" // -> Twenty Three Dollars and Ninety Nine Cents - ? FT_NTOW( 23 ) + " Dollars and " + "99/100" + ? ft_NToW( 23 ) + " Dollars and " + "99/100" // -> Twenty Three Dollars and 99/100 x := -23.99 cents := Str( ( x - Int( x ) ) * 100, 2, 0 ) + "/100" x := Int( x ) string := iif( x < 0, "Credit of ", "Debit of " ) - ? string + FT_NTOW( Abs( x ) ) + " Dollars and " + "99/100" + ? string + ft_NToW( Abs( x ) ) + " Dollars and " + "99/100" // -> Credit of Twenty Three Dollars and 99/100 $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/numlock.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/numlock.txt index 972c3c639f..9cd6673245 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/numlock.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/numlock.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NUMLOCK() + ft_NumLock() $CATEGORY$ Keyboard/Mouse $ONELINER$ Return status of NumLock key $SYNTAX$ - FT_NUMLOCK( [ ] ) -> lCurrentSetting + ft_NumLock( [ ] ) -> lCurrentSetting $ARGUMENTS$ is optional and if supplied is the new setting for the CapLock key. Specify .T. to turn CapLock on, or .F. to @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ This function is useful if you need to know or set the status of the NumLock key for some reason. $EXAMPLES$ - IF FT_NUMLOCK() + IF ft_NumLock() ? "NumLock is active" ENDIF @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ #include "inkey.ch" FUNCTION numBlink() - LOCAL lOldNum := ft_numlock() + LOCAL lOldNum := ft_NumLock() DO WHILE Inkey( 0.5 ) != K_ESC - ft_numlock( ! ft_numlock() ) + ft_NumLock( ! ft_NumLock() ) ENDDO - RETURN ft_numlock( lOldNum ) + RETURN ft_NumLock( lOldNum ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_CAPLOCK() FT_CTRL() FT_PRTSCR() FT_SHIFT() FT_ALT() + ft_CapLock() ft_Ctrl() ft_PrtScr() ft_Shift() ft_Alt() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwlstat.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwlstat.txt index 37968012c1..05031c4e02 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwlstat.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwlstat.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWLSTAT() + ft_NWLStat() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ Return the current Novell NetWare logical station number $SYNTAX$ - FT_NWLSTAT() -> nStatNum + ft_NWLStat() -> nStatNum $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ under NetWare 286, or from 1 to 250 under NetWare 386. This is *not* the same as a physical station number. - This function requires FT_INT86(). + This function requires ft_int86(). This function does NOT test for the existence of the NetWare shell. The behavior is undefined if no shell is loaded. $EXAMPLES$ - ? "Logical station: " + Str( FT_NWLSTAT() ) + ? "Logical station: " + Str( ft_NWLStat() ) $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwsem.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwsem.txt index bd29824db7..70fd8efe57 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwsem.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwsem.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN() + ft_NWSemOpen() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ Open or create a NetWare semaphore $SYNTAX$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN( , , <@nHandle>, <@nOpenCnt> ) -> nRc + ft_NWSemOpen( , , <@nHandle>, <@nOpenCnt> ) -> nRc $ARGUMENTS$ is the semaphore name, maximum length is 127 characters. @@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ A semaphore essentially allows you to place locks on resources other than files. - An application begins the process by calling FT_NWSEMOPEN(). + An application begins the process by calling ft_NWSemOpen(). If the semaphore doesn't exist, NetWare will create it. - FT_NWSEMOPEN() returns a handle that is used in other semaphore + ft_NWSemOpen() returns a handle that is used in other semaphore calls. - Applications use FT_NWSEMWAIT() to wait for a semaphore to - become available. FT_NWSEMWAIT() decrements the semaphore's + Applications use ft_NWSemWait() to wait for a semaphore to + become available. ft_NWSemWait() decrements the semaphore's value by 1. If the value > 0, then the application should be allowed to access the semaphore's resource. If the value goes negative, then the application is placed in a queue. @@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ value increments by 1 again. When an application finishes with a semaphore, it should - call FT_NWSEMSIG() to increment the value, and then - FT_NWSEMCLOSE() to close the semaphore. When the semaphore's + call ft_NWSemSig() to increment the value, and then + ft_NWSemClose() to close the semaphore. When the semaphore's open count goes to 0, NetWare deletes it. - FT_NWSEMEX() can be used to examine the value and open count + ft_NWSemEx() can be used to examine the value and open count without affecting them. For an interesting discussion on the operating system aspects @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ LOCAL nInitVal, nRc, nHandle, nOpenCnt nInitVal := 2 - nRc := FT_NWSEMOPEN( "Semaphore Test", nInitVal, ; + nRc := ft_NWSemOpen( "Semaphore Test", nInitVal, ; @nHandle, @nOpenCnt ) IF nRc != 0 @@ -90,22 +90,22 @@ QUIT ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_NWSEMEX() FT_NWSEMWAIT() FT_NWSEMSIG() FT_NWSEMCLOSE() FT_NWSEMLOCK() + ft_NWSemEx() ft_NWSemWait() ft_NWSemSig() ft_NWSemClose() ft_NWSemLock() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWSEMEX() + ft_NWSemEx() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ Examine a NetWare semaphore's value and open count $SYNTAX$ - FT_NWSEMEX( , <@nValue>, <@nOpenCnt> ) -> nRc + ft_NWSemEx( , <@nValue>, <@nOpenCnt> ) -> nRc $ARGUMENTS$ is the semaphore handle, returned from a previous call - to FT_NWSEMOPEN(). + to ft_NWSemOpen(). <@nValue> will get the current semaphore value. THIS NUMERIC ARGUMENT MUST BE PASSED BY REFERENCE! @@ -123,42 +123,42 @@ and nOpenCnt will be set to the number of stations that have opened the semaphore. $DESCRIPTION$ - See the description for FT_NWSEMOPEN(). + See the description for ft_NWSemOpen(). $EXAMPLES$ nInitVal := 2 nHandle := 0 nOpenCnt := 0 - FT_NWSEMOPEN( "Semaphore Test", nInitVal, @nHandle, @nOpenCnt ) + ft_NWSemOpen( "Semaphore Test", nInitVal, @nHandle, @nOpenCnt ) - nRc := FT_NWSEMWAIT( nHandle ) + nRc := ft_NWSemWait( nHandle ) IF nRc == 254 ? "All slots for this resource are currently in use" QUIT ENDIF - FT_NWSEMEX( nHandle, @nValue, @nOpenCnt ) + ft_NWSemEx( nHandle, @nValue, @nOpenCnt ) ? "Semaphore test -> Open at [" + ; hb_ntos( nOpenCnt ) + ; "] stations, value is [" + ; hb_ntos( nValue ) + "]" $SEEALSO$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN() FT_NWSEMWAIT() FT_NWSEMSIG() FT_NWSEMCLOSE() FT_NWSEMLOCK() + ft_NWSemOpen() ft_NWSemWait() ft_NWSemSig() ft_NWSemClose() ft_NWSemLock() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWSEMWAIT() + ft_NWSemWait() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ Wait on a NetWare semaphore (decrement) $SYNTAX$ - FT_NWSEMWAIT( [, nTimeout ] ) -> nRc + ft_NWSemWait( [, nTimeout ] ) -> nRc $ARGUMENTS$ is the semaphore handle, returned from a previous call - to FT_NWSEMOPEN(). + to ft_NWSemOpen(). is an optional parameter telling how long you wish to wait on this semaphore. This is a numeric indicating the number @@ -171,32 +171,32 @@ 254 - timeout failure 255 - invalid semaphore handle $DESCRIPTION$ - See the description for the FT_NWSEMOPEN() function. + See the description for the ft_NWSemOpen() function. $EXAMPLES$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN( "Semaphore Test", nInitVal, @nHandle, @nOpenCnt ) + ft_NWSemOpen( "Semaphore Test", nInitVal, @nHandle, @nOpenCnt ) - nRc := FT_NWSEMWAIT( nHandle ) + nRc := ft_NWSemWait( nHandle ) IF nRc == 254 ? "All slots for this resource are currently in use" QUIT ENDIF $SEEALSO$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN() FT_NWSEMEX() FT_NWSEMSIG() FT_NWSEMCLOSE() FT_NWSEMLOCK() + ft_NWSemOpen() ft_NWSemEx() ft_NWSemSig() ft_NWSemClose() ft_NWSemLock() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWSEMSIG() + ft_NWSemSig() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ Signal a NetWare semaphore (increment) $SYNTAX$ - FT_NWSEMSIG( nHandle ) -> nRc + ft_NWSemSig( nHandle ) -> nRc $ARGUMENTS$ is the semaphore handle, returned from a previous call - to FT_NWSEMOPEN(). + to ft_NWSemOpen(). $RETURNS$ nRc, a numeric, as follows @@ -204,49 +204,49 @@ 1 - semaphore overflow ( value > 127 ) 255 - invalid semaphore handle $DESCRIPTION$ - Use FT_NWSEMSIG() when your app has finished with the resource + Use ft_NWSemSig() when your app has finished with the resource locked by a semaphore. This will increase the value (thus making a slot available to another app). - For more information, see the description under FT_NWSEMOPEN(). + For more information, see the description under ft_NWSemOpen(). $EXAMPLES$ - ? "Signal returns: " + Str( FT_NWSEMSIG( nHandle ) ) + ? "Signal returns: " + Str( ft_NWSemSig( nHandle ) ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN() FT_NWSEMEX() FT_NWSEMWAIT() FT_NWSEMCLOSE() FT_NWSEMLOCK() + ft_NWSemOpen() ft_NWSemEx() ft_NWSemWait() ft_NWSemClose() ft_NWSemLock() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWSEMCLOSE() + ft_NWSemClose() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ Close a NetWare semaphore $SYNTAX$ - FT_NWSEMCLOSE( ) -> nRc + ft_NWSemClose( ) -> nRc $ARGUMENTS$ is the semaphore handle, returned from a previous call - to FT_NWSEMOPEN(). + to ft_NWSemOpen(). $RETURNS$ nRc, a numeric, as follows: 0 - success 255 - invalid semaphore handle $DESCRIPTION$ - Call FT_NWSEMCLOSE() when the app is finished. This decrements + Call ft_NWSemClose() when the app is finished. This decrements the open count for the semaphore. If the open count hits zero, the semaphore is deleted by NetWare. $EXAMPLES$ - ? "Close returns: " + Str( FT_NWSEMCLOSE( nHandle ) ) + ? "Close returns: " + Str( ft_NWSemClose( nHandle ) ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN() FT_NWSEMEX() FT_NWSEMWAIT() FT_NWSEMSIG() FT_NWSEMLOCK() + ft_NWSemOpen() ft_NWSemEx() ft_NWSemWait() ft_NWSemSig() ft_NWSemLock() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWSEMLOCK() + ft_NWSemLock() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ handle. If it fails, the value of is undefined. $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_NWSEMLOCK() uses the Nanforum Toolkit's NetWare Semaphore API + ft_NWSemLock() uses the Nanforum Toolkit's NetWare Semaphore API functions in order to provide a general purpose "lock" you can use in a NetWare environment. @@ -271,14 +271,14 @@ the "open count" which tells you how many connections have this semaphore open. This is different from the semaphore's _value_, which is set when the semaphore is opened and changed with - signal() and wait(). + Signal() and wait(). The point of semaphores is that you don't care how many users are using the resource; you merely wait on a semaphore until the resource becomes available or you give up. When you're done, you signal it and off you go. - Back to the open count. FT_NWSEMLOCK() opens the semaphore + Back to the open count. ft_NWSemLock() opens the semaphore as named in . After it is opened, the open count is checked. If it is anything other than 1, that means someone else has it (or you failed in your open) so the semaphore is @@ -286,12 +286,12 @@ app is that 1 station so the "lock" is granted. You can use a semaphore lock to control access to anything - that Clipper's RLOCK() and FLOCK() can't help you with, such + that Clipper's RLock() and FLock() can't help you with, such as text files written with the low level file i/o functions, etc. $EXAMPLES$ LOCAL nHandle := 0 - IF FT_NWSEMLOCK( "error.log", @nHandle ) + IF ft_NWSemLock( "error.log", @nHandle ) // Note, you aren't actually LOCKING this file, you are // just locking a semaphore by the same name. As long as // all apps that might be using this file are cooperating @@ -301,36 +301,36 @@ ? "Couldn't lock file." ENDIF // Processing, then: - FT_NWSEMUNLOCK( nHandle ) + ft_NWSemUnlock( nHandle ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN() FT_NWSEMEX() FT_NWSEMWAIT() FT_NWSEMSIG() FT_NWSEMUNLOCK() + ft_NWSemOpen() ft_NWSemEx() ft_NWSemWait() ft_NWSemSig() ft_NWSemUnlock() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWSEMUNLOCK() + ft_NWSemUnlock() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ - "Unlock" a semaphore locked by FT_NWSEMLOCK() + "Unlock" a semaphore locked by ft_NWSemLock() $SYNTAX$ - FT_NWSEMUNLOCK( ) -> lRet + ft_NWSemUnlock( ) -> lRet $ARGUMENTS$ - is the semaphore handle returned from FT_NWSEMLOCK() + is the semaphore handle returned from ft_NWSemLock() $RETURNS$ lRet == .T. if you successfully unlock the semaphore, .F. if you don't. If this call fails, it could be that you're passing an invalid semaphore handle. $DESCRIPTION$ - This call unlocks a semaphore prevsiously locked via FT_NWSEMLOCK(). + This call unlocks a semaphore prevsiously locked via ft_NWSemLock(). It is important that you get a valid semaphore handle from - FT_NWSEMLOCK() before you use this call. Make sure when you call - FT_NWSEMLOCK() that you pass a numeric parameter in for the handle + ft_NWSemLock() before you use this call. Make sure when you call + ft_NWSemLock() that you pass a numeric parameter in for the handle BY REFERENCE. $EXAMPLES$ LOCAL nHandle := 0 - IF FT_NWSEMLOCK( "error.log", @nHandle ) + IF ft_NWSemLock( "error.log", @nHandle ) // Note, you aren't actually LOCKING this file, you are // just locking a semaphore by the same name. As long as // all apps that might be using this file are cooperating @@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ ? "Couldn't lock file." ENDIF // Processing, then: - FT_NWSEMUNLOCK( nHandle ) + ft_NWSemUnlock( nHandle ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_NWSEMOPEN() FT_NWSEMEX() FT_NWSEMWAIT() FT_NWSEMSIG() FT_NWSEMLOCK() + ft_NWSemOpen() ft_NWSemEx() ft_NWSemWait() ft_NWSemSig() ft_NWSemLock() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwuid.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwuid.txt index e752c09cb1..38eae89e32 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwuid.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/nwuid.txt @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_NWUID() + ft_NWUID() $CATEGORY$ NetWare $ONELINER$ Return the current Novell NetWare User ID $SYNTAX$ - FT_NWUID( [ ] ) -> cUid + ft_NWUID( [ ] ) -> cUid $ARGUMENTS$ is a connection number, or logical station number, to find a userid for. Under NetWare 286, this number can be from - 1 to 100. Under NetWare 386, 1-250. If not supplied, FT_NWUID() + 1 to 100. Under NetWare 386, 1-250. If not supplied, ft_NWUID() defaults to the current connection (i.e., the connection running the application). $RETURNS$ @@ -22,23 +22,23 @@ The maximum length of this string, as defined by current versions of Novell NetWare, is 48 characters. $DESCRIPTION$ - FT_NWUID() returns the current NetWare userid, or "login + ft_NWUID() returns the current NetWare userid, or "login name." This is useful for implementing security or audit trail procedures within your programs. There is no simple way a user can "fool" this function into retrieving an incorrect value, provided a NetWare shell is loaded. - This function requires FT_INT86() and FT_NWLSTAT() + This function requires ft_int86() and ft_NWLStat() This function does NOT test for the existence of the NetWare shell. The behavior is undefined if no shell is loaded. You'll usually get garbage. This function has not been tested on NetWare 386. $EXAMPLES$ - ? "I am: " + FT_NWUID() + ? "I am: " + ft_NWUID() FOR x := 1 TO 100 - cUid := FT_NWUID( x ) + cUid := ft_NWUID( x ) IF ! Empty( cUid ) ? Str( x, 3 ) + Space( 3 ) + cUid ENDIF diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ontick.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ontick.txt index d7bd2097de..00c8a0fc8d 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ontick.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/ontick.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_OnTick() + ft_OnTick() $CATEGORY$ Event $ONELINER$ Evaluate a designated code block at a designated interval. $SYNTAX$ - FT_OnTick( bCode, nInterval ) + ft_OnTick( bCode, nInterval ) $ARGUMENTS$ is the code block to evaluate. is the number of clock ticks to wait between @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ This function effectively allows you to run tasks in the background by transparently and periodically calling a designated routine. - To halt the execution of the background function, call FT_OnTick() + To halt the execution of the background function, call ft_OnTick() with no arguments. This function makes heavy use of several undocumented internal @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // Set up a self-updating on-screen clock - FT_OnTick( "CLOCK", 9 ) + ft_OnTick( "CLOCK", 9 ) PROCEDURE Clock() diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/origin.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/origin.txt index d88962b69b..8f4d3ef645 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/origin.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/origin.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_ORIGIN() + ft_Origin() $CATEGORY$ Environment $ONELINER$ Report the drive, path and filename of the current program $SYNTAX$ - FT_ORIGIN() -> cString + ft_Origin() -> cString $ARGUMENTS$ None $RETURNS$ @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Requires DOS v3.xx and above. $EXAMPLES$ - cMyFile := FT_ORIGIN() + cMyFile := ft_Origin() IF !( cMyFile == "C:\appdir\myfile.exe" ) ? "Incorrect startup file. Please remove/rename and start again" diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/outp.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/outp.txt index 68f325b181..5e4c2b7c77 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/outp.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/outp.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_OUTP() + ft_outp() $CATEGORY$ DOS/BIOS $ONELINER$ Write a byte to a specified I/O port $SYNTAX$ - FT_OUTP( , ) -> lResult + ft_outp( , ) -> lResult $ARGUMENTS$ is the port from which to retrieve the byte. @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ SEGMENT directives, and also the ENDP and ENDS directives (a very minor task). $EXAMPLES$ - lOk := FT_OUTP( 100, 0 ) // send a Chr( 0 ) to port 100 (064h) + lOk := ft_outp( 100, 0 ) // send a Chr( 0 ) to port 100 (064h) $SEEALSO$ - FT_INP() + ft_inp() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/page.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/page.txt index e5f1f02a29..768cc46afd 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/page.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/page.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_SETVPG() + ft_SetVpg() $CATEGORY$ Video $ONELINER$ Set the current video page $SYNTAX$ - FT_SETVPG( ) -> NIL + ft_SetVpg( ) -> NIL $ARGUMENTS$ is a valid video page. $RETURNS$ @@ -24,21 +24,21 @@ $EXAMPLES$ // The following sets the current video page to 1 - FT_SETVPG( 1 ) + ft_SetVpg( 1 ) $SEEALSO$ - FT_GETVPG() + ft_GetVPg() $END$ */ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_GETVPG() + ft_GetVPg() $CATEGORY$ Video $ONELINER$ Get the currently selected video page $SYNTAX$ - FT_GETVPG() -> + ft_GetVPg() -> $ARGUMENTS$ None. $RETURNS$ @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ Video Systems_ (Microsoft Press). $EXAMPLES$ - nPage := FT_GETVPG() + nPage := ft_GetVPg() $SEEALSO$ - FT_SETVPG() + ft_SetVpg() $END$ */ diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pchr.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pchr.txt index b5a0260598..62c859d9e0 100644 --- a/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pchr.txt +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbnf/doc/en/pchr.txt @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ /* $DOC$ $NAME$ - FT_PChr() + ft_PChr() $CATEGORY$ String $ONELINER$ Convert printer control codes $SYNTAX$ - FT_PChr( ) -> + ft_PChr( ) -> $ARGUMENTS$ is the representation of the printer control codes in text, numeric, hexadecimal, Epson command format, or any combination @@ -76,15 +76,15 @@ $EXAMPLES$ cSetUp := "27,116,1" SET PRINT ON - ? FT_PChr( cSetUp ) // -> (Chr(27)+Chr(116)+Chr(1)) + ? ft_PChr( cSetUp ) // -> (Chr(27)+Chr(116)+Chr(1))